EXL

DRIVER CONTROLS
SECTION
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
EXL B
E
CONTENTS
LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1) DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM ......................29 F
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ..................... 12 Description ...............................................................30
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Di- G
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................12 agram ......................................................................31
Information .............................................................. 12 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe....31
PRECAUTION .............................................. 13 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) H
....32
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................13 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AU-
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System TO) : System Description ........................................32 I
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AU-
SIONER" ................................................................. 13 TO) : Circuit Diagram ...............................................33
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ........... 13 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AU-
J
TO) : Fail-safe ..........................................................33
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 15
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................15 SYSTEM .....................................................................34 K
Exterior Lamp Appearance ..................................... 15
Bulb Specifications .................................................. 16 SYSTEM : System Description ................................35
Component Parts Location ...................................... 16
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP EXL
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ................................. 21 SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ......................................36
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp.... 22 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp SYSTEM .....................................................................36 M
Control Module ........................................................ 22
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aim- SYSTEM : System Description ................................37
ing Motor ................................................................. 22
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP N
Auto Levelizer Control Unit ..................................... 23 SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ......................................38
Optical Sensor ......................................................... 23
Hazard Switch ......................................................... 23 SYSTEM : Fail-safe .................................................38
O
SYSTEM .............................................................24 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM ........................................39
HEADLAMP SYSTEM ............................................... 24 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description ....39
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description ........... 24 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ..........40 P
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ................. 26 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM ...................................40
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe ............................ 26 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Descrip-
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM ............................................. 27 tion ...........................................................................41
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description ......... 27 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ....42
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ............... 29 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe ................42
Revision: 2015 March EXL-1 D23

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM ...... 43 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 88
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : Work Flow ............................................................... 88
System Description ................................................. 43
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : LED HEADLAMP OPERATION INSPECTION... 91
Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 44 Work Procedure ...................................................... 91
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING

METER) ..................................................................... 44 AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT ................ 92
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION Description .............................................................. 92
METER) : Headlamp Warning ................................ 44 Work Procedure ...................................................... 92
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
METER) : Light Reminder Warning (Information CONFIGURATION (AUTO LEVELIZER CON-
Display) ................................................................... 46 TROL UNIT) ....................................................... 93
Description .............................................................. 93
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ....................... 47 Work Procedure ...................................................... 93
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Configuration list ..................................................... 94
Lamp/Indicator Lamp .............................................. 48
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning SENSOR INITIALIZE ......................................... 95
Chime ..................................................................... 48 Description .............................................................. 95
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/ Work Procedure ...................................................... 95
Indicator (Information Display) ................................ 48
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 96
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................ 49
B2080 ECU TROUBLE ...................................... 96
COMMON ITEM ........................................................ 49 DTC Description ...................................................... 96
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 96
COMMON ITEM) (With Intelligent Key) .................. 49
B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE ............................... 97
HEADLAMP .............................................................. 50 DTC Description ...................................................... 97
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 97
LAMP) (LED Headlamp) ......................................... 50
B2082 SENSOR OUT OF RANGE .................... 98
FLASHER .................................................................. 52 DTC Description ...................................................... 98
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASH- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 98
ER) (LED Headlamp) .............................................. 52
B2083 SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE .................. 100
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) .................... 54 DTC Description .................................................... 100
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 54 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 100
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ............................ 56
B2084 VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT ..................... 101
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUTO LEVELIZER DTC Description .................................................... 101
CONTROL UNIT) ............................................... 58 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101
CONSULT Function (HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER) ... 58
B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE ................ 103
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 60 DTC Description .................................................... 103
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT ................ 60
Reference Value ..................................................... 60 B2086 FRQ. OVER LIMIT ................................ 105
Fail-safe .................................................................. 61 DTC Description .................................................... 105
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 62 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105
DTC Index .............................................................. 62
B2087 SHORT TO GROUND ........................... 107
BCM, IPDM E/R ................................................. 64 DTC Description .................................................... 107
List of ECU Reference ............................................ 64 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 65 B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY .......................... 108

DTC Description .................................................... 108
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM ....................... 65 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 65
B208A PARA NOT PROG ................................ 109
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 88 DTC Description .................................................... 109

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 110 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 143
A
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT ...................... 110 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS. 143
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Symptom Table ..................................................... 143
Procedure .............................................................. 110
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 146 B
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT ............................... 111 Description ............................................................. 146
Component Function Check .................................. 111
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT C
TURNED ON ................................................... 147
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT .............................. 113 Description ............................................................. 147
Component Function Check .................................. 113 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113 D
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT
LED HEADLAMP ............................................. 115 TURNED ON ................................................... 148
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115 Description ............................................................. 148 E
HEADLAMP WARNING ................................... 116 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 148
Component Function Check .................................. 116 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116 F
LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON ..................... 149
HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT ................. 117 Description ............................................................. 149
Component Function Check .................................. 117 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149
G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 117 BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT ............................... 120 TURNED ON ................................................... 150
Component Function Check .................................. 120 Description ............................................................. 150 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................................... 122 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 151

I
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT ............. 151
LHD MODELS .......................................................... 151
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT ................... 124 J
LHD MODELS : Description .................................. 151
LHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure ..... 152
RHD MODELS ......................................................... 153 K
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT CIRCUIT ............. 126 RHD MODELS : Description .................................. 153
Component Function Check .................................. 126 RHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure .... 154
Component Inspection .......................................... 128 FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT . 156 EXL
Description ............................................................. 156
BACK-UP LAMP CIRCUIT ............................... 130 Aiming Adjustment Procedure ............................... 156
M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 158
Component Inspection .......................................... 132
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ...................... 158
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT .......................... 133 Exploded View ....................................................... 158 N
Component Function Check .................................. 133 Removal and Installation ....................................... 159
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133 Replacement ......................................................... 159
Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 159 O
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................... 135
Component Function Check .................................. 135 FRONT FOG LAMP ........................................ 160
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 135 Exploded View ....................................................... 160
Removal and Installation ....................................... 160 P
OPTICAL SENSOR .......................................... 138
Replacement ......................................................... 160
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 138 OPTICAL SENSOR ......................................... 162
Exploded View ....................................................... 162
HAZARD SWITCH ............................................ 141
Removal and Installation ....................................... 162
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 141 LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ........... 163

Removal and Installation .......................................163 FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aim-
ing Motor ............................................................... 183
HAZARD SWITCH ........................................... 164 Auto Levelizer Control Unit ................................... 183
Exploded View .......................................................164 Optical Sensor ...................................................... 183
Removal and Installation .......................................164 Hazard Switch ....................................................... 184
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP ............................ 165 SYSTEM ........................................................... 185
Exploded View .......................................................165
Removal and Installation .......................................165 HEADLAMP SYSTEM ............................................. 185
Replacement .........................................................165 HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description ........ 185
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ............... 187
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT .............. 166 HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe .......................... 188
Exploded View .......................................................166
Removal and Installation .......................................166 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM ........................................... 189
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description ....... 189
REAR COMBINATION LAMP ......................... 167 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ............. 191
Exploded View .......................................................167
Removal and Installation .......................................167 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM ................... 191
Replacement .........................................................168 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System
Description ............................................................ 192
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ....................... 170 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Di-
Exploded View .......................................................170 agram .................................................................... 193
Removal and Installation .......................................170 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe. 194
Replacement .........................................................171
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO)
LICENSE PLATE LAMP .................................. 172 . 195
Exploded View .......................................................172 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AU-
Removal and Installation .......................................172 TO) : System Description ...................................... 195
Replacement .........................................................173 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AU-
TO) : Circuit Diagram ............................................ 196
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AU-
(SDS) .......................................................... 174 TO) : Fail-safe ....................................................... 196
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
(SDS) ................................................................ 174 SYSTEM .................................................................. 197
Bulb Specifications ................................................174 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 2) SYSTEM : System Description ............................. 198
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 175 SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ................................... 199
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 175 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
Information .............................................................175 SYSTEM .................................................................. 200
PRECAUTION ............................................ 176 SYSTEM : System Description ............................. 201
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 176 SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ................................... 202
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- SYSTEM : Fail-safe .............................................. 203
SIONER" ................................................................176
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ..........176 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM ..................................... 204
BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description . 204
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 178 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ........ 205
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 178 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM ................................. 205
Exterior Lamp Appearance ....................................178 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Bulb Specifications ................................................179 tion ........................................................................ 206
Component Parts Location ....................................180 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram . 207
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe ............. 207
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ...............................182
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp ..182 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM .... 208
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM :
Control Module ......................................................183 System Description ............................................... 208

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : Work Procedure ..................................................... 257
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 209 A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT .............. 258
METER) ................................................................... 210 Description ............................................................. 258
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION B
Work Procedure ..................................................... 258
METER) : Headlamp Warning ............................... 210
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION CONFIGURATION (AUTO LEVELIZER CON-
METER) : Light Reminder Warning (Information TROL UNIT) .................................................... 259 C
Display) ................................................................. 212 Description ............................................................. 259
Work Procedure ..................................................... 259
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ..................... 213 Configuration list .................................................... 260
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning D
Lamp/Indicator Lamp ............................................ 213 SENSOR INITIALIZE ...................................... 261
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Description ............................................................. 261
Chime .................................................................... 214 Work Procedure ..................................................... 261 E
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/
Indicator (Information Display) .............................. 214 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 262
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) .......................... 215 B2080 ECU TROUBLE ................................... 262 F
DTC Description .................................................... 262
COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 215 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 262
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - G
COMMON ITEM) (Without Intelligent Key) ........... 215 B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE ............................. 263
DTC Description .................................................... 263
HEADLAMP ............................................................. 215 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 263
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD H
LAMP) (LED Headlamp) ....................................... 216 B2082 SENSOR OUT OF RANGE ................. 264
DTC Description .................................................... 264
FLASHER ................................................................ 218
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264 I
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASH-
ER) (LED Headlamp) ............................................ 218 B2083 SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE ................. 266
DTC Description .................................................... 266
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ................... 219 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 266
J
Diagnosis Description ........................................... 219
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ........................... 221 B2084 VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT .................... 267
DTC Description .................................................... 267 K
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUTO LEVELIZER Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 267
CONTROL UNIT) .............................................. 223
CONSULT Function (HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER) .. 223 B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE ............... 269
DTC Description .................................................... 269 EXL
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 225 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 269
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT ............... 225 B2086 FRQ. OVER LIMIT ............................... 271 M
Reference Value ................................................... 225 DTC Description .................................................... 271
Fail-safe ................................................................ 226 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 271
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 227
DTC Index ............................................................. 227 B2087 SHORT TO GROUND .......................... 273 N
DTC Description .................................................... 273
BCM, IPDM E/R ................................................ 229 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 273
List of ECU Reference .......................................... 229 O
B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY ......................... 274
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 230 DTC Description .................................................... 274
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM ...................... 230 P
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 230 B208A PARA NOT PROG .............................. 275
DTC Description .................................................... 275
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 254 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 275
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 254 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 276
Work Flow ............................................................. 254
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT ...................... 276
LED HEADLAMP OPERATION INSPECTION.. 257

AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Symptom Table ..................................................... 310
Procedure ..............................................................276
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 313
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT .............................. 277 Description ............................................................ 313
Component Function Check ..................................277
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................277 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT
TURNED ON ..................................................... 314
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT ............................. 279 Description ............................................................ 314
Component Function Check ..................................279 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 314
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................279
LED HEADLAMP ............................................. 281 TURNED ON ..................................................... 315
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................281 Description ............................................................ 315
HEADLAMP WARNING .................................. 282
Component Function Check ..................................282 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................282 LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON ...................... 316
Description ............................................................ 316
HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT ................. 283
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................283 BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT .............................. 286 TURNED ON ..................................................... 317
Description ............................................................ 317
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................................... 288 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 318

Component Function Check ..................................288 HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT .............. 318
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT .................. 290 Aiming Adjustment Procedure .............................. 319
Component Function Check ..................................290 FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT .. 321
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT CIRCUIT ............ 292 Aiming Adjustment Procedure .............................. 321
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 323
Component Inspection ...........................................294 FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ........................ 323
Exploded View ...................................................... 323
BACK-UP LAMP CIRCUIT .............................. 296
Replacement ......................................................... 324
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 324
Component Inspection ...........................................298
FRONT FOG LAMP .......................................... 325
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT ......................... 299
Exploded View ...................................................... 325
Replacement ......................................................... 325
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT ...................... 301
OPTICAL SENSOR .......................................... 327
Exploded View ...................................................... 327
OPTICAL SENSOR ......................................... 305
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ............. 328
HAZARD SWITCH ............................................ 329
HAZARD SWITCH ........................................... 308
Exploded View ...................................................... 329
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP ............................. 330
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 310 Exploded View ...................................................... 330
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS. 310 Removal and Installation ....................................... 330

Replacement ......................................................... 331 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
SYSTEM ................................................................... 356 A
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT ............... 332 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
Exploded View ...................................................... 332 SYSTEM : System Description .............................. 357
Removal and Installation ....................................... 332 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP B
SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram .................................... 358
REAR COMBINATION LAMP .......................... 333
Exploded View ...................................................... 333 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
Removal and Installation ....................................... 333 SYSTEM ................................................................... 358 C
Replacement ......................................................... 334 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
SYSTEM : System Description .............................. 359
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ........................ 336 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
Exploded View ...................................................... 336 D
Replacement ......................................................... 337 SYSTEM : Fail-safe ............................................... 360
E
LICENSE PLATE LAMP .................................. 338 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM ...................................... 361
Exploded View ...................................................... 338 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description .. 361
Removal and Installation ....................................... 338 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ........ 362
Replacement ......................................................... 339 F
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM ................................. 362
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Descrip-
(SDS) .......................................................... 340 tion ......................................................................... 363 G
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram .. 364
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe .............. 364
(SDS) ................................................................ 340 H
Bulb Specifications ................................................ 340 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM ..... 365
HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1) EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM :
System Description ................................................ 365
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 341 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : I
Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 366
APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 341
Information ............................................................ 341 INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
J
METER) .................................................................... 366
PRECAUTION ............................................ 342 INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
METER) : Light Reminder Warning (Information
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 342 Display) .................................................................. 366 K
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ...................... 368
SIONER" ............................................................... 342 WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
EXL
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ......... 342 Lamp/Indicator Lamp ............................................. 368
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 344 Chime .................................................................... 368
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/ M
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 344 Indicator (Information Display) ............................... 368
Exterior Lamp Appearance ................................... 344
Bulb Specifications ................................................ 345 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ......................... 369 N
Component Parts Location .................................... 345
Optical Sensor ....................................................... 349 COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 369
Hazard Switch ....................................................... 350 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
COMMON ITEM) (With Intelligent Key) ................. 369 O
SYSTEM ........................................................... 351
HEADLAMP ............................................................. 370
HEADLAMP SYSTEM ............................................. 351 HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD
LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp) ................................. 370 P
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description ......... 351
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ............... 353
FLASHER ................................................................. 372
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe .......................... 353
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASH-
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM ........................................... 354 ER) (Halogen Headlamp) ...................................... 372
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description ....... 354
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ............. 356 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ................. 374
Diagnosis Description ............................................ 374

CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ...........................376 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 429
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 378 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.. 429
Symptom Table ..................................................... 429
BCM, IPDM E/R ............................................... 378
List of ECU Reference ...........................................378 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 432
Description ............................................................ 432
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 379
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM ..................... 379 TURNED ON ..................................................... 433
Wiring Diagram ......................................................379 Description ............................................................ 433
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 402
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 402
Work Flow ..............................................................402
TURNED ON ..................................................... 434
Description ............................................................ 434
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 405 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 434
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT .............................. 405 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL
Component Function Check ..................................405 LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON ...................... 435
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT ............................. 407
Component Function Check ..................................407 BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................407 TURNED ON ..................................................... 436
Description ............................................................ 436
HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT .................... 409 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 436
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 437
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT .............................. 410
LHD MODELS ......................................................... 437
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................................... 412 LHD MODELS : Description .................................. 437
Component Function Check ..................................412 LHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure .... 438
RHD MODELS ......................................................... 439
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT .................. 414 RHD MODELS : Description ................................. 439
Component Function Check ..................................414 RHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure ... 440
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT .. 442
BACK-UP LAMP CIRCUIT .............................. 416 Description ............................................................ 442
Component Function Check ..................................416 Aiming Adjustment Procedure .............................. 442
Component Inspection ...........................................418 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 444
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT ......................... 419 FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ........................ 444
Component Function Check ..................................419 Exploded View ...................................................... 444
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................419 Removal and Installation ....................................... 444
Replacement ......................................................... 445
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT ...................... 421 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 445
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................421 FRONT FOG LAMP .......................................... 446
Exploded View ...................................................... 446
OPTICAL SENSOR ......................................... 424 Removal and Installation ....................................... 446
Component Function Check ..................................424 Replacement ......................................................... 446
OPTICAL SENSOR .......................................... 448
HAZARD SWITCH ........................................... 427 Exploded View ...................................................... 448
Component Function Check ..................................427 Removal and Installation ....................................... 448
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ............. 449

Removal and Installation ....................................... 449 HEADLAMP SYSTEM ............................................. 471
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description ......... 471 A
HAZARD SWITCH ............................................ 450 HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ............... 473
Exploded View ...................................................... 450 HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe .......................... 474
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM ............................................ 475 B
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP ............................. 451 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description ....... 475
Exploded View ...................................................... 451 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ............. 477
Removal and Installation ....................................... 451 C
Replacement ......................................................... 451 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM .................... 478
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System
REAR COMBINATION LAMP .......................... 452 Description ............................................................. 479
Exploded View ...................................................... 452 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Di- D
Removal and Installation ....................................... 452 agram .................................................................... 480
Replacement ......................................................... 453 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe.. 480
E
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ........................ 455 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL (MANUAL) ......... 481
Exploded View ...................................................... 455 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL (MANUAL) :
Removal and Installation ....................................... 455 System Description ................................................ 481
Replacement ......................................................... 456 F
LICENSE PLATE LAMP .................................. 457 SYSTEM ................................................................... 481
Exploded View ...................................................... 457 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP G
Removal and Installation ....................................... 457 SYSTEM : System Description .............................. 481
Replacement ......................................................... 458 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS H
(SDS) .......................................................... 459 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
SYSTEM ................................................................... 483
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP I
(SDS) ................................................................ 459 SYSTEM : System Description .............................. 484
Bulb Specifications ................................................ 459 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 2) SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram .................................... 485
J
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 460 SYSTEM : Fail-safe ............................................... 486
APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 460 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM ...................................... 487 K

Information ............................................................ 460 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description .. 487
BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ........ 488
PRECAUTION ............................................ 461 EXL
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM ................................. 488
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 461 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System tion ......................................................................... 489
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram .. 490 M
SIONER" ............................................................... 461 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe .............. 491
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ......... 461
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM ..... 492
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 463
System Description ................................................ 492
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 463 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM :
Exterior Lamp Appearance ................................... 463 Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 493 O
Bulb Specifications ................................................ 464
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
Component Parts Location .................................... 464
METER) .................................................................... 494
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION P
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ............................... 469
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aim- METER) : Light Reminder Warning (Information
ing Motor ............................................................... 469 Display) .................................................................. 494
Optical Sensor ....................................................... 469
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ...................... 496
Headlamp Aiming Switch ...................................... 469
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
Hazard Switch ....................................................... 470
Lamp/Indicator Lamp ............................................. 496
SYSTEM ........................................................... 471

WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT CIRCUIT ............. 544
Chime ....................................................................496 Component Function Check ................................. 544
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/ Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 544
Indicator (Information Display) ...............................496 Component Inspection .......................................... 546
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) .......................... 497 BACK-UP LAMP CIRCUIT ............................... 548
Component Function Check ................................. 548
COMMON ITEM .......................................................497 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 548
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - Component Inspection .......................................... 550
COMMON ITEM) (Without Intelligent Key) ............497
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT .......................... 552
HEADLAMP .............................................................497
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD
LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp) .................................498
FLASHER .................................................................500
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................... 554
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASH- Component Function Check ................................. 554
ER) (Halogen Headlamp) ......................................500 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 554
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) .................. 501 OPTICAL SENSOR .......................................... 559
Diagnosis Description ............................................501
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ...........................503
HAZARD SWITCH ............................................ 562
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 505
BCM, IPDM E/R ............................................... 505 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 562
List of ECU Reference ...........................................505
HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH ......................... 564
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 506 Component Inspection .......................................... 564
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM ..................... 506 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 565

Wiring Diagram ......................................................506
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.. 565
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 530 Symptom Table ..................................................... 565
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 530 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 568
Work Flow ..............................................................530 Description ............................................................ 568
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 533 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT
TURNED ON ..................................................... 569
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT .............................. 533 Description ............................................................ 569
Component Function Check ..................................533 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 569
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT ............................. 535 TURNED ON ..................................................... 570
Component Function Check ..................................535 Description ............................................................ 570
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................535 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 570
HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT .................... 537 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................537 LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON ...................... 571
Description ............................................................ 571
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT .............................. 538 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 571
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................538 BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT
TURNED ON ..................................................... 572
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................................... 540 Description ............................................................ 572
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 573
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT .................. 542
LHD MODELS ......................................................... 573

LHD MODELS : Description .................................. 573 HAZARD SWITCH .......................................... 588
LHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure .... 574 Exploded View ....................................................... 588 A
RHD MODELS ......................................................... 575
RHD MODELS : Description ................................. 575 SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP ............................ 589
RHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure .... 576 B
Exploded View ....................................................... 589
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT .. 578 Replacement ......................................................... 590
Description ............................................................ 578 C
Aiming Adjustment Procedure ............................... 578 HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH ....................... 591
Exploded View ....................................................... 591
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 580 Removal and Installation ....................................... 591 D
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ........................ 580 REAR COMBINATION LAMP ......................... 592
Exploded View ...................................................... 580 Exploded View ....................................................... 592
Removal and Installation ....................................... 580 Removal and Installation ....................................... 594 E
Replacement ......................................................... 581 Replacement ......................................................... 595
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 581
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ...................... 596
FRONT FOG LAMP .......................................... 582 F
Exploded View ....................................................... 596
Exploded View ...................................................... 582 Removal and Installation ....................................... 596
Removal and Installation ....................................... 582 Replacement ......................................................... 597
Replacement ......................................................... 582 G
LICENSE PLATE LAMP ................................. 598
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT ............................ 584 Exploded View ....................................................... 598
Exploded View ...................................................... 584 Removal and Installation ....................................... 599
Removal and Installation ....................................... 584 H
Replacement ......................................................... 599
Replacement ......................................................... 584
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
OPTICAL SENSOR .......................................... 586 I
Exploded View ...................................................... 586
(SDS) .......................................................... 601
Removal and Installation ....................................... 586 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ............ 587 (SDS) ............................................................... 601 J
Removal and Installation ....................................... 587 Bulb Specifications ................................................ 601
EXL

APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000011370322
Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.
Vehicle type Service information

LED headlamp with Intelligent Key LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)
LED headlamp without Intelligent Key LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010581038
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
F
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011014657
When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following. K

• Always use a 12V battery as power source.
• Never disconnect battery terminal while engine is running.
• When removing the 12V battery terminal, turn OFF the ignition
switch and wait at least 30 seconds. EXL
• For vehicles with the engine listed below, remove the battery termi-
nal after a lapse of the specified time:
M
D4D engine : 20 minutes YS23DDT : 4 minutes
HRA2DDT : 12 minutes YS23DDTT : 4 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTi : 60 seconds N
M9R engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTT : 60 seconds
R9M engine : 4 minutes
SEF289H
V9X engine : 4 minutes O
YD25DDTi : 2 minutes
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal P
is removed before ECU stops, then a DTC detection error or ECU data corruption may occur.
• After high-load driving, if the vehicle is equipped with the V9X engine, turn the ignition switch OFF and wait
for at least 15 minutes to remove the battery terminal.
NOTE:
• Turbocharger cooling pump may operate in a few minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
• Example of high-load driving
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more.

PRECAUTIONS
- Driving for 30 minutes or more on a steep slope.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
the ignition switch.
NOTE:
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of main battery and sub battery discon-
nected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Exterior Lamp Appearance INFOID:0000000011191114
B
EXL
N
JMLIA5705ZZ
Side turn signal lamp Side turn signal lamp *

Headlamp (LO) O
(door mirror side) (front fender panel side)
Headlamp (HI) Front turn signal lamp Daytime running light/Parking lamp
Front fog lamp High-mounted stop lamp Stop lamp/Tail lamp
P
Rear turn signal lamp Back-up lamp License plate lamp
: With rear bumper
: Without rear bumper
*: Not applicable

COMPONENT PARTS
Bulb Specifications INFOID:0000000011294098
Item Type Wattage (W)

Headlamp High —
LED
Headlamp Low —
Front combination lamp Front turn signal lamp PY21W 21
Parking lamp LED —
Daytime running lamp LED —
Front fog lamp H11 55
Side turn signal lamp Door mirror side LED —
Stop lamp/Tail lamp P21/5W 21/5
Rear combination lamp Rear turn signal lamp PY21W 21
Back-up lamp P21W 21
License plate lamp W5W 5
High-mounted stop lamp LED —
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011191116
RHD MODELS

COMPONENT PARTS
EXL
N
JMLIA6339ZZ
Engine room (right side) Front combination lamp (back) Fuse block (J/B) O
Vehicle front
P
No. Component Function
Front door switch (driver side) Refer to DLK-19, "Door Switch".
Side turn signal lamp Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
Optical sensor*1 Refer to EXL-23, "Optical Sensor".

COMPONENT PARTS
• Detects each switch condition by the combination switch reading function.
• Exterior lamp ON/OFF is judged from each signal, and then a request is trans-
mitted to IPDM E/R (CAN communication) to turn each relay ON/OFF.
• It also transmits a request to the combination meter (CAN communication) to
turn indicator lamp and warning (information display / buzzer) ON/OFF.
• Blinks the turn signal lamp and hazard warning lamp according to the each
BCM switch condition.
• Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the combination meter via CAN
communication.
• Requests the turn signal operating sound ON to the combination meter via CAN
communication.
• Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for
detailed installation location.
• ECM transmits engine status signal to BCM via CAN communication.
• Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location" (YD25DDTi engine models), EC-
ECM 27, "Component Parts Location" (QR25DE engine models) or EC-762,
"YS23DDTT : Component Parts Location" (YS23DDTT engine models) for de-
tailed installation location.
Headlamp (HI)
(LED headlamp) Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance", EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications" and
Headlamp (LO) EXL-22, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp".
Front combination (LED headlamp)
lamp
Parking lamp
Front turn signal Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
lamp
Front fog lamp Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
Refer to TM-116, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch"
Transmission range
(RE7R01A) or TM-418, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch"
switch
(RE7R01B).
Transmission as-
sembly*2 • Controls the back-up lamp relay, and supplies voltage to the back-up lamp.
• Refer to TM-114, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
TCM
(RE7R01A) or TM-413, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
(RE7R01B) for detailed installation location.
• Controls the integrated relay and daytime running light relay, and supplies volt-
IPDM E/R age to the load according to the request from BCM via CAN communication.
• Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Remote keyless entry receiver Refer to DLK-21, "Remote Keyless Entry Receiver".
Door request switch Refer to DLK-19, "Door Request Switch".
Auto levelizer control unit*3 Refer to EXL-23, "Auto Levelizer Control Unit".
Stop lamp / Tail lamp
Rear combination Rear turn signal
Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
lamp lamp
Back-up lamp
License plate lamp Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
Combination switch Refer to BCS-13, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM : System De-
(Lighting & turn signal switch) scription".

COMPONENT PARTS
A
• Turns the indicator lamp and warning (information display / buzzer) ON/OFF ac-
cording to the request from BCM via CAN communication.
• Inputs headlamp warning signal from LED headlamp control module and turns
headlamp warning ON. B
• Blinks the turn signal indicator lamp and outputs the turn signal operating sound
Combination meter
with integrated buzzer according to the request from BCM via CAN communi-
cation.
• Combination meter transmits vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN communi- C
cation.
• Outputs the vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) to auto levelizer control unit.
Hazard switch Refer to EXL-23, "Hazard Switch". D
Back-up lamp relay is controlled by TCM and supplies the voltage to back-up
Back-up lamp relay*2 lamp.
LED headlamp con- Refer to EXL-22, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp Control Mod- E
Front combination trol module ule".
lamp Headlamp aiming
Refer to EXL-22, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aiming Motor".
motor*3 F
Daytime running light relay is controlled by IPDM E/R and supplies the voltage to
Daytime running light relay
daytime running light.
*1: With auto light system G

*2: A/T models
*3: With headlamp aiming control system (AUTO)
H
LHD MODELS
EXL

COMPONENT PARTS
JMLIA6193ZZ
Front combination lamp (back) Fuse block (J/B)

Vehicle front

Side turn signal lamp Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
Optical sensor Refer to EXL-23, "Optical Sensor".

• Controls the integrated relay and daytime running light relay, and supplies volt-
• Back-up lamp relay is controlled by TCM and supplies the voltage to back-up
lamp.
Back-up lamp relay*
• Refer to PG-151, "LHD : Engine Room Harness" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
ECM
• Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Headlamp (HI)
(LED headlamp) Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance", EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications" and
Headlamp (LO) EXL-22, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp".
Front combination (LED headlamp) B
lamp
Parking lamp
Front turn signal Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
lamp C
Front fog lamp Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
Transmission range D
Refer to TM-418, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch".
switch
Transmission as-
sembly* • Controls the back-up lamp relay, and supplies voltage to the back-up lamp.
TCM • Refer to TM-413, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for
E
• Turns the indicator lamp and warning (information display / buzzer) ON/OFF ac- F
Combination meter with integrated buzzer according to the request from BCM via CAN communi-
cation. G
• Combination meter transmits vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN communi-
cation.
Combination switch Refer to BCS-13, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM : System De- H
Stop lamp / Tail lamp I
Rear combination Rear turn signal
Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
lamp lamp
Back-up lamp J
License plate lamp Refer to EXL-15, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-16, "Bulb Specifications".
Remote keyless entry receiver Refer to DLK-21, "Remote Keyless Entry Receiver". K
Hazard switch Refer to EXL-23, "Hazard Switch".
• Exterior lamp ON/OFF is judged from each signal, and then a request is trans- EXL
• It also transmits a request to the combination meter (CAN communication) to
M
• Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the combination meter via CAN
communication. N
communication.
detailed installation location. O
Front combination LED headlamp con- Refer to EXL-22, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp Control Mod-
lamp trol module ule".
Daytime running light relay is controlled by IPDM E/R and supplies the voltage to P
*: A/T models
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP

COMPONENT PARTS
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp INFOID:0000000011370300
OUTLINE
• Semiconductor device (Light emitting diode: LED), which is illuminated when forward bias electric voltage is
applied, is adopted as the source of light instead of halogen bulb or xenon bulb.
• Comparing to halogen headlamp or xenon headlamp, LED headlamp is electrically power saving, durable,
and is illuminated in the similar color to the sunlight. Bright, natural, and eye-friendly visibility can be
obtained.
PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Representative malfunction examples are; “Light does not turn ON”, “Light blinks”, and “Brightness is inade-
quate.” Such malfunctions, however, occasionally by occur LED control module malfunction or lamp case mal-
function. Specify the malfunctioning part with diagnosis procedure.
CAUTION:
• Never touch the harness, LED headlamp control module, the inside and metal part of lamp when
turning the headlamp ON or operating the lighting switch, for preventing electrical shock.
• Never work with wet hands, for preventing electrical shock.
• Never perform LED headlamp control module circuit diagnosis with a circuit tester or an equivalent.
• Temporarily install the headlamps on the vehicle. Always connect power supply to the connector
(vehicle side) when checking ON/OFF status.
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal before disconnecting the lamp socket connector or the har-
ness connector.
• Check for fusing of the fusible link(s), open around connector, short, disconnection if the symptom
is caused by electric error.
• Always check for deformation or hole of headlamp housing and engagement of bulb cover. Other-
wise, water may enter into headlamp because of damage of headlamp housing and contact to LED
headlamp control module connector. The normal operation may be inhibited when short circuit to
power supply is detected.
NOTE:
Turn the switch OFF once before turning ON, if the ON/OFF is inoperative.
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp Control Module INFOID:0000000011370301
LED headlamp control module is integrated in the front combination

lamp and turns the LED headlamp ON according to the request from
IPDM E/R.
JMLIA5756ZZ
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aiming Motor INFOID:0000000012149192
• Headlamp aiming motor is integrated in the front combination

lamp.
• Headlamp aiming motor adjusts the headlamp light axis upward
and downward according to input drive signal from auto levelizer
control unit.
JMLIA4649ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Auto Levelizer Control Unit INFOID:0000000012149193
A
• Auto levelizer control unit is installed in torsion cross member
assembly.
• Auto levelizer control unit detects the vehicle rear height deviation B
with sensor lever.
• Auto levelizer control unit controls headlamp light axis appropri-
ately depending on the vehicle height.
• Self-diagnosis function is integrated in auto levelizer control unit. C
Diagnosis of headlamp aiming control system (AUTO) can be per-
formed quickly.
D
JMLIA6340ZZ
Optical Sensor INFOID:0000000011370303

E
Optical sensor converts the outside brightness (lux) to voltage and
transmits the optical sensor signal to BCM.
F
H
JMLIA4314ZZ
EXL
JMLIA2581GB
Hazard Switch INFOID:0000000011191117

M
Inputs the hazard switch ON/OFF signal to BCM.
P
JMLIA5226GB

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP SYSTEM
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011191118
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA6344GB
OUTLINE
Headlamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and headlamp control function of BCM, and
relay control function of IPDM E/R.
HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION
• BCM detects the combination switch condition with the combination switch reading function.
• BCM transmits the low beam request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to the head-
lamp (LO) ON condition.
Headlamp (LO) ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Lighting switch 2ND
- Lighting switch AUTO with the ignition switch ON (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system
is ON. For details, refer to EXL-27, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".)
- Lighting switch PASS
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated headlamp low relay ON according to low beam request signal and supplies
power supply to LED headlamp control module.
• LED headlamp control module turns the headlamp (LO) ON according to the power supply from IPDM E/R.
HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION
• BCM transmits the high beam request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communica-
tion according to the headlamp (HI) ON condition.
Headlamp (HI) ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Lighting switch HI with the lighting switch 2ND
- Lighting switch HI with the lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is
ON. For details, refer to EXL-27, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".)

SYSTEM
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated headlamp high relay ON according to high beam request signal and supplies
power supply to LED headlamp control module. A
• LED headlamp control module turns the headlamp (HI) ON according to the power supply from IPDM E/R.
• Combination meter turns the high beam indicator lamp ON according to the high beam request signal.
HEADLAMP WARNING OPERATION [ONLY MODELS WITH HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYS- B
TEM (AUTO)]
Headlamp warning warns the driver that there is a malfunction in LED headlamp system. Refer to EXL-44,
"INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Headlamp Warning". C
FOLLOW ME HOME FUNCTION (ONLY MODELS WITH AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM)
When the driver is moving to the house entrance from the own vehicle, headlamp is kept still ON by the follow
me home function of BCM. D
• When BCM detects the input of lighting switch PASS while all of following conditions satisfied, it transmits
the low beam request signal for a period of time to IPDM E/R through CAN communication.
E
Follow me home ON condition (When all of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Ignition switch OFF
- Lighting switch OFF or AUTO
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated headlamp low relay ON according to low beam request signal and supplies F
• When in any of following conditions, follow me home function can be cancelled while follow me home func-
tion is operating. G
Follow me home OFF condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Ignition switch other than OFF H
- Lighting switch other than OFF or AUTO
- Follow me home operating time is expired
NOTE:
• Flash-to-pass operation illumination time for 1 time can be extended to approximately 30 seconds during I
operation of follow me home function.
• Flash-to-pass operation can be illuminated continuously for approximately 60 seconds (flash-to-pass opera-
tion, 2 times), approximately 90 seconds (flash-to-pass operation, 3 times), and a maximum of approxi- J
mately 120 seconds (flash-to-pass operation, 4 times).
• Follow me home function activating time can be set by CONSULT. Refer to EXL-50, "HEADLAMP : CON-
SULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp)".
K
EXL

SYSTEM
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011191119
JMLIA6345GB
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011191120
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL

When CAN communication with BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CAN communi-
cation recovers normally, it also returns to normal control.
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM

SYSTEM
Control part Fail-safe operation A

• Turns ON the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned ON
Headlamp • Turns OFF the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF
• Headlamp high relay OFF
B
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011229736
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
JMLIA5711GB
I
OUTLINE
• Auto light system is controlled by each function of BCM and IPDM E/R.
J
Control by BCM
- Combination switch reading function
- Auto light function
- Wiper linked auto lighting function K
- Fog override function (factory setting is OFF)
Control by IPDM E/R
- Relay control function EXL
• Auto light system has the auto light function (with twilight lighting function), wiper linked auto lighting function
and fog override function.
- Auto light function automatically turns ON/OFF the exterior lamps*, depending on the outside brightness. M
- Wiper linked auto lighting function automatically turns ON/OFF the exterior lamps* when the lighting switch
is in the AUTO position, according to a front wiper operation.
- Fog override function turns ON the exterior lamps regardless of outside brightness, when front fog lamp
switch is ON while ignition switch is in ON position and lighting switch is in AUTO position. N
*: Headlamp (LO/HI), front fog lamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp.
NOTE:
• Headlamp (HI) depend on the combination switch condition. O
• Front fog lamp depend on the front fog lamp switch condition (Only when the fog override function setting is
OFF).
AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION (WITH TWILIGHT LIGHTING FUNCTION) P
• BCM receives the vehicle speed signal from combination meter via CAN communication and detects the
vehicle speed and the driving distance.
• BCM supplies voltage to the optical sensor when the ignition switch is turned ON.
• Optical sensor converts outside brightness (lux) to voltage and transmits the optical sensor signal to BCM.

SYSTEM
• When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM detects outside brightness from the optical sensor signal and
judges ON/OFF condition of each exterior lamp, depending on the outside brightness condition (standard or
twilight).
• BCM transmits each request signal to IPDM E/R and combination meter via CAN communication, according
to ON/OFF condition by the auto light function.
NOTE:
• ON/OFF of twilight lighting function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to EXL-50, "HEADLAMP : CON-
• As to ON/OFF timing, the sensitivity depends on settings. The settings can be changed using CONSULT.
Refer to EXL-50, "HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp)".
WIPER LINKED AUTO LIGHTING FUNCTION
BCM turns each exterior lamp ON when detecting 4 operations of the front wiper while the light switch is in
AUTO position.
NOTE:
• BCM turns OFF the headlamps 3 seconds after the front wiper switch is turned OFF.
• ON/OFF of wiper linked auto lighting function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to EXL-50, "HEAD-
LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp)".
FOG OVERRIDE FUNCTION (FACTORY SETTING IS OFF)
When front fog lamp switch is ON while ignition switch is in ON position and lighting switch is in AUTO posi-
tion, BCM turns ON exterior lamps* regardless of outside brightness.
NOTE:
• Headlamp (HI) depend on the combination switch condition.
• ON/OFF of fog override function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to INL-23, "INT LAMP : CONSULT
Function (BCM - INT LAMP)".

SYSTEM
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011229737
EXL
JMLIA6346GB
P
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM

SYSTEM
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011229738
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5712GB
OUTLINE
Daytime running light is controlled by daytime running light control function and combination switch reading
function of BCM, and relay control function of IPDM E/R.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
• BCM detects the combination switch condition by the combination switch reading function.
• BCM detects vehicle condition depending on the engine status signal (received from ECM via CAN commu-
nication).
• BCM transmits the daytime running light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to
the daytime running light ON condition.
Daytime running light ON condition
- Engine running and any following conditions are satisfied.
• Lighting switch OFF
• Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is OFF. For details, refer to
EXL-27, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".)
• IPDM E/R turns the daytime running light relay ON, and turns the daytime running light ON according to the
daytime running light request signal.

SYSTEM
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011229739
EXL
JMLIA6347GB
P
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011229740


SYSTEM
Control part Fail-safe operation

Daytime running light Daytime running light relay OFF
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO)

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) : System Description INFOID:0000000012149190
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA1609GB
OUTLINE
• Headlamp aiming control system is controlled by auto levelizer control unit.
• Auto levelizer control unit controls the headlamp light axis height appropriately depending on the vehicle rear
height.
• Auto levelizer control unit detects the vehicle condition necessary for the headlamp aiming motor control
with the following signals.
- Sensor lever signal (detected by the sensor lever)
- Tail lamp signal (inputted from IPDM E/R)
- Vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) (inputted from combination meter)
HEADLAMP AUTO AIMING OPERATION
• Auto levelizer control unit calculates vehicle pitch angle from sensor lever signal and determines the neces-
sary correction to compensate the deviation from standard light axis position.
• Auto levelizer control unit outputs aiming motor drive signal when operating conditions are satisfied.
Operating condition
- Ignition switch ON
- Tail lamp ON
• Auto levelizer control unit changes the aiming motor drive signal when any of the correcting condition is
detected. Output is maintained if other condition is detected.
Correcting condition
- Tail lamp is turned ON.
- Vehicle posture becomes stable after the vehicle posture change is detected with the tail lamp ON and the
vehicle stopped.
- Vehicle speed is maintained with the tail lamp ON and the vehicle driven.
NOTE:
Adjusted axis position may differ from the preset position although the headlamp auto aiming activates prop-
erly when the suspension is replaced or worn.

SYSTEM
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000012154604
EXL
JMLIA6348GB
P
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012149191
DTC No. CONSULT screen terms Fail-safe

B2080 ECU TROUBLE Fix aiming motor drive signal to approximately 0 V
B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE Fix with the light axis facing downward

SYSTEM
After engine start
[Less than 5 seconds after igni-
Fix with the light axis facing
tion switch ON and vehicle
downward
speed less than 4 km/h (2.5
B2082 SENSOR OUT OF RANGE MPH)]
While driving
[5 seconds or more after igni- Maintain the light axis at the
tion switch ON or vehicle speed time of DTC detection
4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more]
• Maintain the aiming motor drive signal output at the time of DTC
B2083 SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE detection
• Maintain the light axis at the time of DTC detection
After engine start
downward
B2084 VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT MPH)]
While driving
After engine start
downward
B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE MPH)]
While driving
After engine start
downward
B2086 FRQ. OVER LIMIT MPH)]
While driving
B2087 SHORT TO GROUND Maintain the light axis at the time of DTC detection
B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY Maintain the light axis at the time of DTC detection
B208A PARA NOT PROG Fix aiming motor drive signal output to approximately 0 V
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM

SYSTEM
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : System Description
INFOID:0000000011191121 A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B
F
JMLIA3117GB
OUTLINE
Turn signal lamp and the hazard warning lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and the G
flasher control function of BCM.
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION H
• BCM supplies voltage to the right (left) turn signal lamp circuit when the ignition switch is ON and the turn
signal switch is in the right (left) position. BCM blinks the turn signal lamp.
I
HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION
BCM supplies voltage to both turn signal lamp circuit when the hazard switch is ON. BCM blinks the hazard
warning lamp.
J
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL SOUND OPERATION
• BCM transmits the turn signal indicator lamp signal to the combination meter via CAN communication while
the turn signal lamp and the hazard warning lamp are operating. K
• Combination meter outputs the turn signal sound with the integrated buzzer while blinking the turn signal
indicator lamp according to the turn signal indicator lamp signal.
3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION EXL
• By a short touch of the turn signal lever, BCM blinks the turn signal lamps 3 times in the selected direction.
• Cancels the operation when short touch of the turn signal lever in the reverse direction during the 3-time
flasher function operation.
M
HIGH FLASHER OPERATION
• BCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status from the current value.
• BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn sig- N
nal lamp operating.
NOTE:
The blinking speed is normal while operating the hazard warning lamp.
O

SYSTEM
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram
INFOID:0000000011191122
JMLIA6202GB
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM

SYSTEM
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM : System Description
INFOID:0000000011191123 A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B
F
JMLIA3187GB
OUTLINE
Parking, license plate and tail lamps are controlled by combination switch reading function and headlamp con- G
trol function of BCM, and relay control function of IPDM E/R.
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS OPERATION H
• BCM transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communi-
cation according to the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON condition.
I
Parking, license plate and tail lamps ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Lighting switch 1ST
- Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is ON. For details, refer to J
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated tail lamp relay ON and turns the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON
according to the position light request signal. K
• Combination meter turns the position lamp indicator lamp ON according to the position light request signal.
NOTE:
Parking lamp and daytime running light use a common light source. When the parking, license plate and tail
EXL
lamps are turned ON while daytime running light is ON, the parking lamp / daytime running light is dimmed.

SYSTEM
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011191124
JMLIA5748GB
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011191125


SYSTEM

• Parking lamp
• Turns ON the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned ON
• License plate lamp
• Turns OFF the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF
• Tail lamp
B
BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM
BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011229727
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
H
JMLIA4317GB
OUTLINE
Back-up lamp is controlled by back-up lamp control function of TCM. I
BACK-UP LAMP OPERATION
• TCM detects the selector lever position status from transmission range switch.
• TCM turns the back-up lamp relay ON, and turns the back-up lamp ON according to the back-up lamp ON J
conditions are satisfied.
Back-up lamp ON condition (When all of the following conditions are satisfied) K
- Selector lever position R
EXL

SYSTEM
BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011229728
JMLIA6203GB
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM

SYSTEM
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011229729
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3116GB F
OUTLINE
Front fog lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and front fog lamp control function of BCM,
and relay control function of IPDM E/R. G
FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION

• BCM detects the combination switch condition by the combination switch reading function. H
• BCM transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communi-
cation according to the front fog lamp ON condition.
Front fog lamp ON condition I
- Front fog lamp switch ON, and any of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Lighting switch 1ST
• Lighting switch 2ND
J
• Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is ON. For details, refer to
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated front fog lamp relay ON, and turns the front fog lamp ON according to the
front fog light request signal. K
• Combination meter turns the front fog lamp indicator lamp ON according to the front fog light request signal.
EXL

SYSTEM
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011229730
JMLIA6349GB
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011229731


SYSTEM

Front fog lamp Front fog lamp relay OFF
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM B

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011229732
SYSTEM DIAGRAM C
H
JMLIA5492GB
OUTLINE
I
• Exterior lamp battery saver system is controlled by combination switch reading function and exterior lamp
battery saver function of BCM, and relay control function of IPDM E/R.
• BCM turns the exterior lamp* OFF, according to the vehicle status when ignition switch is turned OFF while
exterior lamp is ON, for preventing battery discharge. J
*: Headlamp (LO/HI), front fog lamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, BCM turns the exterior lamps OFF (battery saver is acti- K
vated), when door lock operation is performed from outside the vehicle (Intelligent Key, door request switch)
or door lock operation is performed from auto door lock function.
- Ignition switch: OFF EXL
- Exterior lamp: ON
NOTE:
When in any of following conditions (after the exterior lamp battery saver is activated), exterior lamps can be
turned ON. M
• Front door switch (driver side): OFF (CLOSE) → ON (OPEN)
• Ignition switch: OFF → ON
• Lighting switch is changed N
• Front fog lamp switch is changed

SYSTEM
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011229733
JMLIA6350GB
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER)

INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Headlamp Warning INFOID:0000000012090902
DESIGN/PURPOSE
Headlamp warning warns the driver that there is a malfunction in LED headlamp system.

SYSTEM
Symbol Message A
Headlight System Error
—
See Owner's Manual
B
SYNCHRONIZATION WITH MASTER WARNING LAMP
Synchronization is applied.
For master warning lamp, refer to MWI-52, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Master Warning Lamp".
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA4113GB
H
SIGNAL PATH
• When LED headlamp control module detects a malfunction, headlamp warning signal is output to combina-
tion meter. I
• BCM transmits low beam request signal to combination meter via CAN communication when headlamp (LO)
ON judgment.
• When combination meter input the headlamp warning signal and receives low beam request signal, head-
lamp warning pop-up screen appears in the information display. J
WARNING/INDICATOR OPERATING CONDITION

When all of the following conditions are satisfied. K
• Ignition switch ON
• Combination meter input the headlamp warning signal and receives low beam request signal.
NOTE:
When the headlamp warning signal is input, the most likely cause is a malfunction of the following. EXL
• Headlamp (LO) power supply/ground circuit
• Headlamp warning signal circuit
• Front combination lamp M
- LED [Headlamp (LO)]
- LED headlamp control module
- Harness
N
WARNING/INDICATOR CANCEL CONDITION
When any of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Ignition switch OFF
O
• Combination meter does not input the headlamp warning signal and receives low beam request signal.

SYSTEM
TIMING CHART
JMLIA4114GB
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Light Reminder Warning (Infor-

mation Display) INFOID:0000000011229734
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When the driver is exiting the vehicle while ignition switch is in any position other than ON and lamps are ON,
the light reminder warning (information display) displays a warning in the information display to alert the driver.
Symbol Message
Reminder Turn
OFF Headlights
JPNIA1880ZZ
SYNCHRONIZATION WITH WARNING CHIME

For warning chime, refer to WCS-21, "WARNING CHIME : Light Reminder Warning (Buzzer)".
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For actions on CAN communications blackout in the combination meter, refer to MWI-26, "METER SYSTEM :
Fail-Safe".

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
A
E
JMLIA5761GB
SIGNAL PATH
F
• BCM reads status of combination switch.
• BCM judges light reminder warning (information display) by lighting switch signal and front door switch
(driver side) signal. BCM transmits buzzer output signal to combination meter via CAN communication.
• When combination meter receives the buzzer output signal, light reminder warning pop-up screen appears G
in the information display.
When all of the following conditions are satisfied. H
• Ignition switch other than ON
• Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND
• Front door (driver side) OPEN [front door switch (driver side) ON] I
• Ignition switch ON J
• Lighting switch other than 1ST or 2ND
• Front door (driver side) CLOSE [front door switch (driver side) OFF]
TIMING CHART K
EXL
JMLIA4116GB
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST P

SYSTEM
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000011191126
Item Design Reference

For layout, refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
Front fog lamp indicator lamp For function, refer to MWI-42, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Front Fog
Lamp Indicator Lamp".
High beam indicator lamp For function, refer to MWI-45, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : High Beam In-
dicator Lamp".
Position lamp indicator lamp For function, refer to MWI-54, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Position Lamp
Indicator Lamp".
Turn signal indicator lamp For function, refer to MWI-63, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Turn Signal In-
dicator Lamp".
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Chime INFOID:0000000011191127
Item Reference
Front fog light reminder warning* Refer to WCS-18, "WARNING CHIME : Front Fog Light Reminder Warning".
Light reminder warning (buzzer) Refer to WCS-21, "WARNING CHIME : Light Reminder Warning (Buzzer)".
Refer to EXL-35, "TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : System De-
Turn signal operation sound warning
scription".
*: With auto light system (only when the front fog override function is set to ON)
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indicator (Information Display)
INFOID:0000000011229735
Item Reference
Headlamp warning* Refer to EXL-44, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Headlamp Warning".
Light reminder warning (information Refer to EXL-46, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Light Reminder
display) Warning (Information Display)".
*: With headlamp aiming control system (AUTO)

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) (With Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000011370304 B
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM. C
Diagnosis mode Function Description

Work Support Changes the setting for each system function. D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
E
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed. F
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.
SYSTEM APPLICATION G
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items. H
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item I
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × × J
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × × K
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
EXL
• Automatic A/C
AIR CONDITONER ×
• Manual A/C
• Intelligent Key system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × × M
• Engine start system
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM × N
NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
— TRUNK* × O
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR* ×
P
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description

Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>LOCK
normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
SLEEP>OFF
normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
While turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle
RUN>ACC
is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
While turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN”
CRANK>RUN
(From cranking up the engine to run it)
While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-
RUN>URGENT
gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF Power supply position While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
status of the moment a
Vehicle Condition OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
particular DTC is de-
OFF>ACC tected* While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
ON>CRANK While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
OFF>SLEEP
tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK>SLEEP
tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK Power supply position is “LOCK”.
OFF Power supply position is “OFF”.
ACC Power supply position is “ACC”.
ON Power supply position is “IGN”
ENGINE RUN Power supply position is “RUN”.
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING”.
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected
• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
IGN Counter 0 - 39 • The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
NOTE:
*: Refer to the following for details at the power supply position.
• LOCK: Ignition switch OFF with steering locked
• OFF: Ignition switch OFF with steering unlocked
• ACC: Ignition switch ACC
• IGN: Ignition switch ON with engine stopped
• RUN: Ignition switch ON with engine running
• CRANKING: At engine cranking
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp) INFOID:0000000011191129
WORK SUPPORT

Service item Setting item Setting A

2 Normal
MODE1*
MODE2 More sensitive setting than normal setting (Turns ON earlier than normal operation)
CUSTOM A/LIGHT SETTING*1 B
MODE3 More sensitive setting than MODE2 (Turns ON earlier than MODE2)
MODE4 Less sensitive setting than normal setting (Turns ON later than normal operation)
On*2 With the exterior lamp battery saver function C

BATTERY SAVER SET
Off Without the exterior lamp battery saver function
MODE1 10 sec.
HEAD LIGHT TIMER*1 Sets follow me home function activating time D
MODE2*2 30 sec.
MODE1*2 With twilight ON custom & with wiper INT, LO and HI

MODE2 With twilight ON custom & with wiper LO and HI E
MODE3 With twilight ON custom & without
AUTO LIGHT LOGIC SET*1
MODE4 Without twilight ON custom & with wiper INT, LO and HI
F
MODE5 Without twilight ON custom & with wiper LO and HI
MODE6 Without twilight ON custom & without
1
* : Without auto light system, this item cannot be used. G
*2: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR H
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
I
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
PUSH SW
J
Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch
[On/Off]
ENGINE STATE
Indicates [STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN] condition of engine states K
[STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN]
VEH SPEED 1
Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [km/h]
[km/h]
TURN SIGNAL R EXL
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off] M
TAIL LAMP SW
[On/Off]
HI BEAM SW N
[On/Off]
HEAD LAMP SW 1
Each switch status that BCM judges from the combination switch reading function
[On/Off] O
HEAD LAMP SW 2
[On/Off]
PASSING SW P
[On/Off]
AUTO LIGHT SW*
[On/Off]
FR FOG SW
[On/Off]

Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
DOOR SW-DR
Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (driver side)
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-AS
Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (passenger side)
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RR
Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch RH
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RL
Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch LH
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-BK NOTE:
[On/Off] This item cannot be monitored
OPTI SEN (DTCT)*
The value of outside brightness voltage input from the optical sensor
[V]
OPTI SEN (FILT) NOTE:
[V] This item cannot be monitored
OPTICAL SENSOR NOTE:
[On/Off/NG] This item cannot be monitored
*: Without auto light system, this item cannot be monitored.
ACTIVE TEST
Test item Operation Description

• Transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to
turn the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON
On
TAIL LAMP • Transmits the position light request signal to combination meter via CAN commu-
nication to turn the position lamp indicator lamp ON
Off Stops the position light request signal transmission
• Transmits the high beam request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to
turn the headlamp (HI) ON
HI
• Transmits the high beam request signal to combination meter via CAN communi-
cation to turn the high beam indicator lamp ON
HEAD LAMP
Transmits the low beam request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to turn
Low
the headlamp (LO) ON
Off Stops the high beam request signal and low beam request signal transmission
• Transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication
to turn the front fog lamp ON
On
FR FOG LAMP • Transmits the front fog light request signal to combination meter via CAN commu-
nication to turn the front fog lamp indicator lamp ON
Off Stops the front fog light request signal transmission
Transmits the daytime running light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communi-
On
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT cation to turn the daytime running light ON
Off Stops the daytime running light request signal transmission
Transmits the dimmer signal to combination meter via CAN communication and dims
On
ILL DIM SIGNAL* combination meter
Off Stops the dimmer signal transmission
*: Without auto light system, this item cannot be tested.
FLASHER
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER) (LED Headlamp) INFOID:0000000011191130
WORK SUPPORT


Lock
With locking only
Only
Unlock Sets the hazard warning lamp answer back function when B
With unlocking only
HAZARD ANSWER BACK Only the door is lock/unlock with the door request switch and In-
Lock/ telligent Key
With locking/unlocking
Unlock* C
Off Without the function
*: Factory setting
D
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. E
Monitor item
Description
[Unit] F
REQ SW -DR
Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
[On/Off]
REQ SW -AS
Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side)
G
[On/Off]
PUSH SW
[On/Off] H
TURN SIGNAL R
[On/Off]
Each switch status that BCM detects from the combination switch reading function
TURN SIGNAL L I
[On/Off]
HAZARD SW
The switch status input from the hazard switch
[On/Off]
J
RKE-LOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
[On/Off]
RKE-UNLOCK K
Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key
[On/Off]
RKE-PANIC NOTE:
EXL
ACTIVE TEST
Test item Operation Description M

• Outputs voltage to turn the right side turn signal lamps ON
RH • Transmits the turn indicator signal to combination meter via CAN communication
to turn the turn signal indicator lamp (RH) ON N
• Outputs voltage to turn the left side turn signal lamps ON
FLASHER
LH • Transmits the turn indicator signal to combination meter via CAN communication
to turn the turn signal indicator lamp (LH) ON
O
• Stops the voltage to turn the turn signal lamps OFF
Off
• Stops the turn indicator signal transmission

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000011370305
AUTO ACTIVE TEST

Description
In auto active test mode, the IPDM E/R sends a drive signal to the following systems to check their operation.
• Rear window defogger
• Front wiper motor
• Parking lamp
• Tail lamp
• Front fog lamp
• Headlamp (LO, HI)
• Daytime running light*
• Compressor (magnet clutch)
*: LED headlamp models
Operation Procedure
NOTE:
Never perform auto active test in the following conditions.
• CONSULT is connected
• Passenger door is open
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON, and within 20 seconds, press the driver door switch 10 times. Then turn the
ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON within 10 seconds. After that the horn sounds once and the auto active test
starts.
NOTE:
Engine starts when ignition switch is turned ON while brake pedal is depressed.
4. After a series of the following operations is repeated 3 times, auto active test is completed.
NOTE:
• When auto active test mode has to be cancelled halfway through test, turn the ignition switch OFF.
• When auto active test is not activated, door switch may be the cause. Check door switch. Refer to DLK-120,
"DOUBLE CAB : Component Function Check" (double cab models) or DLK-122, "KING CAB :
Component Function Check" (king cab models).
Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode
When auto active test mode is actuated, the following operation sequence is repeated 3 times.
Operation
Inspection location Operation
sequence
1 Rear window defogger 10 seconds
2 Front wiper motor LO for 5 seconds → HI for 5 seconds
• Parking lamp
3 • Tail lamp 10 seconds
• Front fog lamp
4 Headlamp LO for 10 seconds →HI ON ⇔ OFF 5 times
5 Compressor (magnet clutch) ON ⇔ OFF 5 times
6 Interval: 10 seconds

Concept of auto active test
A
JMMIA1889GB F
• IPDM E/R starts the auto active test with the door switch signals transmitted by BCM via CAN communica-
tion. Therefore, the CAN communication line between IPDM E/R and BCM is considered normal if the auto
active test starts successfully.
• The auto active test facilitates troubleshooting if any systems controlled by IPDM E/R cannot be operated. G
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode

H
Symptom Inspection contents Possible cause
YES BCM signal input circuit
Perform auto active test. • Rear window defogger I

Rear window defogger does not operate Does the rear window de- • Rear window defogger ground circuit
fogger operate? NO • Harness or connector between IPDM E/
R and rear window defogger
• IPDM E/R J
Any of the following components do not operate YES BCM signal input circuit
• Parking lamp
• License plate lamp Perform auto active test. • Lamp or motor
• Lamp or motor ground circuit
K
• Tail lamp Does the applicable sys-
• Front fog lamp tem operate? NO • Harness or connector between IPDM E/
• Headlamp (HI, LO) R and applicable system
• Front wiper motor • IPDM E/R EXL
• Daytime running light
• Daytime running light relay M
Perform auto active test. • Daytime running light relay power sup-
Daytime running light does not operate* Does the daytime run- ply circuit
ning light operate? NO • Harness or connector between IPDM E/
R and daytime running light relay N
• Harness or connector between daytime
running light relay and daytime running
light
O
• BCM signal input circuit
• CAN communication signal between
YES BCM and ECM
Perform auto active test. • CAN communication signal between P
Compressor does not operate Does the magnet clutch ECM and IPDM E/R
operate? • Magnet clutch
• Harness or connector between IPDM E/
NO
R and magnet clutch
• IPDM E/R

CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000011370306
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.
Diagnosis mode Description

Ecu Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data.
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor Item MAIN

Description
[Unit] SIGNALS
MOTOR FAN REQ NOTE:
×
[1/2/3/4] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
AC COMP REQ Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication.
TAIL&CLR REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
HL LO REQ Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
×
[Off/On] munication.
HL HI REQ Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
×
FR FOG REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
FR WIP REQ Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
×
[Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi] munication.
WIP AUTO STOP
× Displays the status of the front wiper stop position signal judged by IPDM E/R.
[STOP P/ACT P]
WIP PROT
× Displays the status of the front wiper fail-safe operation judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/BLOCK]
IGN RLY1 -REQ Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal received from BCM via CAN com-
IGN RLY
× Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
PUSH SW
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
INTER/NP SW Displays the status of the ignition power supply (M/T models) or shift position (A/T
[Off/On] models) judged by IPDM E/R.
ST RLY CONT Displays the status of the starter relay status signal received from BCM via CAN com-
IHBT RLY -REQ Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN com-
ST/INHI RLY
Displays the status of the starter relay and starter control relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/ ST ON/INHI ON/UNKWN]

Monitor Item MAIN
Description
[Unit] SIGNALS A
DETENT SW
Displays the status of the A/T shift selector (detention switch) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
S/L RLY -REQ Displays the status of the steering lock relay signal received from BCM via CAN com- B
S/L STATE
Displays the status of the steering lock judged by IPDM E/R.
[LOCK/UNLK/UNKWN] C
DTRL REQ Displays the status of the daytime running light request signal received from BCM via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
OIL P SW D
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
HOOD SW NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. E
HL WASHER REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
THFT HRN REQ Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via F
HORN CHIRP NOTE:
G
ACTIVE TEST
Test item
H
HORN On Operates horn relay for 20 ms.
I
Off OFF
REAR DEFOGGER
On Operates the rear window defogger relay.
Off OFF J
FRONT WIPER Lo Operates the front wiper relay.
Hi Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper HI/LO relay.
1 K
2 NOTE:
MOTOR FAN
3 This item is indicated, but cannot be tested.
EXL
4
NOTE:
HEAD LAMP WASHER On
This item is indicated, but cannot be tested. M
Off OFF
TAIL Operates the tail lamp relay.
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay. N
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Operates the headlamp low relay and ON/OFF the headlamp high relay at 1 second
Hi
intervals.
O
Fog Operates the front fog lamp relay.

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT)
CONSULT Function (HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER) INFOID:0000000012149189
APPLICATION ITEMS

ECU Identification Allows confirmation of auto levelizer control unit part number
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by auto levelizer control unit
Work Support Performs settings on sensors.
Data Monitor Displays input/output data for auto levelizer control unit in real time
Active Test Transmits a drive signal to the load to check their operation
Configuration Writes the vehicle specification when replacing auto levelizer control unit
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Part number of auto levelizer control unit can be checked.
Self Diagnostic Item
Self diagnostic result that is judged by auto levelizer control unit can be checked. Refer to EXL-62, "DTC
Index".
• When “CRNT” is displayed on self diagnostic result, the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When “PAST” is displayed on self diagnostic result, system malfunction in the past is detected, but the sys-
tem is presently normal.
WORK SUPPORT
Work item Description

SENSOR INITIALISE Adjusts sensor lever signal output under unladen conditions
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
INT SEN VALUE Displays the sensor lever angle corresponding to the maximum value of sensor lever an-
[%] gle that is recognized with auto levelizer control unit by ratio
ACT OUTPUT Displays the control value of aiming motor drive signal that is calculated by auto levelizer
[%] control unit with the ratio corresponding to the ignition power supply
ACT MEASURED Displays the measured value of aiming motor drive signal that is output from auto level-
[%] izer control unit with the ratio corresponding to ignition power supply
SPEED SIG Displays the vehicle speed judged from vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) that is input to
[km/h] auto levelizer control unit
LIGHT SIGNAL
Displays the status judged from tail lamp signal that is input to auto levelizer control unit
[V]
INT SEN VOLT
Displays the ignition power supply status that is input to auto levelizer control unit
[V]
EXT SEN VOLT NOTE:
EXT SEN SIG NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST

Test item Operation Description A

MAX Moves the light axis to the highest position
LAMP TEST MID Moves the light axis to the middle position
MIN Moves the light axis to the lowest position
B
CONFIGURATION
The vehicle specification can be written when auto levelizer control unit is replaced. Refer to EXL-93, C
"Description".
EXL

AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

Reference Value INFOID:0000000012149185
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
CONSULT MONITOR ITEM
Value
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
5.7%*1
Unloaded vehicle condition 2.9%*2
INT SEN VALUE Vehicle rear height 13.0%*3
Value increases from
Low
the unladen status
Unloaded vehicle condition 80.0%
ACT OUTPUT Headlamp leveling Value decreases from
Low
the unladen status
ACT MEASURED Headlamp leveling Value decreases from
Low
the unladen status
SPEED SIG Vehicle running at approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) 40 km/h (25 MPH)
ON Battery voltage
LIGHT SIGNAL Tail lamp
OFF 2 V or less*4
ON Battery voltage
INT SEN VOLT Ignition switch
Other than ON 0V
NOTE:
EXT SEN VOLT 0V
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
EXT SEN SIG 0V
*1: King Cab models

*2: Double Cab (2WD) models
*3: Double Cab [4WD (AWD)] models
*4: Auto levelizer control unit always outputs the voltage to detect the DTC.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JMLIA2570ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No. A
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ - Signal name
Output
B
2 ON Battery voltage
Ground Tail lamp signal Input Tail lamp
(R) OFF 2 V or less*
C
3 Vehicle speed signal Vehicle running at approx. 40 km/h (25 D

Ground Input
(BR) (8-pulse) MPH)
PKIA1935E E
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch
(G) Other than ON 0V
F
Unloaded vehicle
10.0 V
5 Aiming motor drive condition
Ground Output Headlamp leveling
(V) signal Voltage decreases from the un-
Low
laden status
G
6 Input/
Ground K-LINE — —
(SB) Output
H
8
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0V
(B)
*: Auto levelizer control unit always outputs the voltage to detect the DTC.
I
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012149186
J
B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE Fix with the light axis facing downward K
After engine start
tion switch ON and vehicle EXL
downward
While driving
M
• Maintain the aiming motor drive signal output at the time of DTC N
After engine start O
downward
B2084 VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT MPH)] P
While driving

After engine start
downward
While driving
After engine start
downward
While driving
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012149187
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority DTC No. CONSULT screen terms

B2080 ECU TROUBLE
1
B208A PARA NOT PROG
2 B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE
B2082 SENSOR OUT OF RANGE
B2083 SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE
B2084 VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT
3 B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE
B2086 FRQ. OVER LIMIT
B2087 SHORT TO GROUND
B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY
DTC Index INFOID:0000000012149188
DTC No. CONSULT screen terms Fail-safe Reference

B2080 ECU TROUBLE × EXL-96, "DTC Description"
B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE × EXL-97, "DTC Description"
B2082 SENSOR OUT OF RANGE × EXL-98, "DTC Description"
B2083 SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE × EXL-100, "DTC Description"
B2084 VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT × EXL-101, "DTC Description"
B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE × EXL-103, "DTC Description"
B2086 FRQ. OVER LIMIT × EXL-105, "DTC Description"
B2087 SHORT TO GROUND × EXL-107, "DTC Description"

A
B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY × EXL-108, "DTC Description"
B208A PARA NOT PROG × EXL-109, "DTC Description"
EXL

BCM, IPDM E/R
BCM, IPDM E/R
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000011191132
ECU Reference
BCS-41, "Reference Value"
BCS-60, "Fail-safe"
BCM
BCS-61, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-62, "DTC Index"
PCS-16, "Reference Value"
IPDM E/R PCS-22, "Fail-safe"
PCS-24, "DTC Index"

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000011191133
B
EXL
JRLWE7924GB

JRLWE7925GB

EXL
JRLWE7926GB

JRLWE7927GB

EXL
JRLWE7928GB

JRLWE7929GB

EXL
JRLWE7930GB

JRLWE7931GB

EXL
JRLWE7932GB

JRLWE7933GB

EXL
JRLWE7934GB

JRLWE7935GB

EXL
JRLWE7936GB

JRLWE7937GB

EXL
JRLWE7938GB

JRLWE7939GB

EXL
JRLWE7940GB

JRLWE7941GB

EXL
JRLWE7942GB

JRLWE7943GB

EXL
JRLWE7944GB

JRLWE7945GB

EXL
JRLWE8099GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000011191134
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMKIA8652GB
DETAILED FLOW

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.
B
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.) D
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information. E
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. F
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. G
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
H
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
J
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected K
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to DTC INSPECTION PRIORITY CHART, and determine trouble diag-
nosis order. EXL
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
M
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". O
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step P
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

LED HEADLAMP OPERATION INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011371239
1.CHECK START B
1. In the cool LED status (wait for more than 10 minutes after turning headlamp OFF), turn ON and turn OFF
headlamp for the several times. Check that headlamp operates normally each time.
2. In the cool LED status, turn headlamp ON, wait until headlamp enters to the stable status (approximately C
5 minutes after turning headlamp ON), and then check that headlamp operates normally without blinking
or flickering.
3. In the warm LED status (turn headlamp ON for more than 15 minutes and wait for 1 minute after turning
D
OFF), turn ON and turn OFF headlamp for the several times. Check that headlamp operates normally
each time.
4. Turn headlamp ON for approximately 30 minutes, and then check that headlamp operates normally with-
out difference in brightness between LH and RH, blinking or flickering. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EXL-143, "Symptom Table". F
EXL

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL
UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000012149176
Perform the following operations when replacing auto levelizer control unit. (For details, refer to EXL-92, "Work
Procedure".)
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing auto levelizer control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configura-
tion before replacement.
NOTE:
If “Before Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” cannot be used, use the “Manual Configuration” after
replacing auto levelizer control unit.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
• When replacing auto levelizer control unit, always perform “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configu-
ration” with CONSULT. Or not doing so, auto levelizer control unit control function does not operate normally.
• Perform sensor initialize with CONSULT when replacing the auto levelizer control unit.
CAUTION:
• Complete the procedure of “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configuration” in order.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.
• If you set incorrect “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configuration”, incidents might occur.
1.SAVING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Configuration” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
3. Perform “Before Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” to save or print current vehicle specifica-
tion. Refer to EXL-93, "Description".
NOTE:
If “Before Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” cannot be used, use the “Manual Configuration”
after replacing auto levelizer control unit.
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-166, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION
With CONSULT
3. Perform “After Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configuration” to write vehicle
specification. Refer to EXL-93, "Description".
>> GO TO 4.
4.SENSOR INITIALIZE
Perform sensor initialize. Refer to EXL-95, "Description".
>> WORK END

CONFIGURATION (AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT)
A
Vehicle specification needs to be written with CONSULT because it is not written after replacing auto levelizer B
control unit. (For details, refer to EXL-93, "Work Procedure".)
Configuration has three functions as follows.
Function Description C
• Reads the vehicle configuration of current auto levelizer
Before Replace ECU control unit.
Read / Write Configuration • Saves the read vehicle configuration. D
After Replace ECU Writes the vehicle configuration with saved data.
Manual Configuration Writes the vehicle configuration with manual selection.
E
CAUTION:
When replacing auto levelizer control unit, always perform “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual
Configuration” with CONSULT. Or not doing so, auto levelizer control function does not operate nor-
mally. F
• If you set incorrect “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configuration”, incidents might occur. G
1.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION H
Perform writing vehicle specification.

I
When writing saved data>>GO TO 2.
When writing manually>>GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM WRITING SAVED DATA J
With CONSULT
2. Select “Configuration” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT. K
3. Perform “After Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” to write vehicle specification.
>> WORK END EXL

3.PERFORM WRITING MANUALLY
With CONSULT M
3. Select “Manual Configuration”, and write the vehicle specification to auto levelizer control unit. Refer to
EXL-94, "Configuration list". N
CAUTION:
• Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. ECU control may not operate nor-
mally if the setting is not correct. O
• Make sure to select “OK” even if the indicated configuration of brand new auto levelizer control
unit is same as the desirable configuration. If not, configuration which is set automatically by
selecting vehicle model cannot be memorized.
NOTE: P
If items are not displayed, touch “Next”. Refer to EXL-94, "Configuration list" for written items and setting
value.
>> WORK END

Configuration list INFOID:0000000012149180
CAUTION:
• Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. ECU control may not operate normally if
the setting is not correct.
• The “Setting Value” of this vehicle is as follows: Never select any other value than the setting value
shown below. (If there is only 1 item in “Setting Value” that means that item is the only choice for
this certain vehicle.)
SETTING ITEM
NOTE
Items Setting Value
• KING CAB: King Cab models
BODY TYPE KING CAB ⇔ DOUBLE CAB
• DOUBLE CAB: Double Cab models
• 4WD: 4WD (AWD) models
DRIVE SYSTEM 4WD ⇔ 2WD
• 2WD: 2WD models
⇔: Items which confirm vehicle specifications.

SENSOR INITIALIZE
SENSOR INITIALIZE
A
Perform the sensor initialize when the following operation is performed. (For details, refer to EXL-95, "Work B
Procedure".)
• Removing, installing or replacing auto levelizer control unit.
• Adjusting, removing, installing or replacing suspension components
C
1.VEHICLE CONDITION CHECK D

1. Park the vehicle in the straight-forward position.
2. Unload the vehicle (no passenger aboard).
E
>> GO TO 2.
2.SENSOR INITIALIZE
F
With CONSULT
2. Select “SENSOR INITIALISE” in “Work Support” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “Start”. G
4. When “COMPLETE”, touch “End”.
NOTE:
If sensor initialize is not completed, auto levelizer control unit detects that the sensor lever signal changes. H
The sensor initialize is cancelled. In this case, turn the ignition switch OFF to prevent the vehicle from the
height change. Perform the sensor initialize again.
Is the sensor initialize completed? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the sensor initialize again.
3.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK J
With CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
2. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> WORK END EXL

B2080 ECU TROUBLE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
B2080 ECU TROUBLE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012149156
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECU TROUBLE
B2080 Auto levelizer control unit internal malfunction
(ECU trouble)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Auto levelizer control unit
FAIL-SAFE
Fix aiming motor drive signal to approximately 0 V
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EXL-96, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012149157
1.ERASE DTC
With CONSULT
2. Touch “ERASE” to erase DTC memory of auto levelizer control unit.
Is the memory erased?
NO >> Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-166, "Removal and Installation".

B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
INITIAL NOT DONE
B2081 Sensor initialization is not completed
(Initialization not done)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Sensor initialization is not completed
FAIL-SAFE E
Fix with the light axis facing downward
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
I
1.SENSOR INITIALIZE J
>> INSPECTION END K
EXL

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SENSOR OUT OF RANGE Auto levelizer control unit detected that the sensor lever angle is out of range, con-
B2082
(Sensor out of range) tinually for 20 ms or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Auto levelizer control unit installation condition
• Sensor initialize is not appropriate
• Auto levelizer control unit
FAIL-SAFE
Fail-safe
After engine start
[Less than 5 seconds after ignition switch ON and vehicle speed Fix with the light axis facing downward
less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)]
While driving
[5 seconds or more after ignition switch ON or vehicle speed 4 km/ Maintain the light axis at the time of DTC detection
h (2.5 MPH) or more]

With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK SENSOR INITIALIZATION VALUE

With CONSULT
2. Turn lighting switch 1ST.
3. Select “INT SEN VALUE” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
4. Check monitor status under unladen conditions.
Monitor item Standard value*4

(Approx.)
5.7%*1
INT SEN VALUE 2.9%*2
13.0%*3
*1: King Cab models

*4: Sensor initialize position (reference)

YES >> Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-166, "Removal and Installation". A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.SENSOR INITIALIZATION
B
Is sensor initialize completed?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
No >> Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-166, "Removal and Installation".
3.ERASE DTC
D
With CONSULT
Is the memory erased? E
F
EXL

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE When vehicle speed is 5 km/h (3.1 MPH) or more, the auto levelizer control unit
B2083
(Sensor signal not plausible) cannot detect any changes of the sensor lever angle for 5 minutes or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
• Maintain the aiming motor drive signal output at the time of DTC detection
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION CONDITION

Check mounting part of auto levelizer control unit and its link for looseness and deformation.
Is it properly installed?
YES >> Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-166, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Install auto levelizer control unit properly.

A

VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT Ignition power supply voltage to auto levelizer control unit is 9 V or less for 1.5 sec-
B2084
(Supply voltage under limit) onds or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
E
FAIL-SAFE
Fail-safe
F
After engine start
While driving
G
H
With CONSULT I
3. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". K
EXL
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY WITH CONSULT
With CONSULT
M
2. Select “INT SEN VOLT” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
3. Check monitor status.
N
Standard value
Monitor item
(Approx.)
INT SEN VOLT Battery voltage O

YES >> Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-166, "Removal and Installation". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power supply and ground circuit of auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-110, "AUTO LEVELIZER
CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".

NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE
A

LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE Auto levelizer control unit detected that the tail lamp signal is the following condi-
B2085
(Low beam signal open line) tion: 2 V < tail lamp signal < 6 V (1.5 seconds or more)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
E
FAIL-SAFE
Fail-safe
F
After engine start
While driving
G
H
With CONSULT I
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT. J
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EXL-103, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012149167 EXL
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP SIGNAL-1

M
With CONSULT
2. Select “LIGHT SIGNAL” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
3. Check status under the following conditions. N
Standard value
(Approx.) O
OFF 2 V or less
LIGHT SIGNAL Lighting switch
1ST 6 V or more
P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect auto levelizer control unit connector.

4. With operating the lighting switch, check the voltage between auto levelizer control unit harness connector
and ground.
+
Voltage
Auto levelizer control unit - Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
OFF 0V
C20 2 Ground Lighting switch
1ST Battery voltage
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and auto levelizer control unit harness connector.
IPDM E/R Auto levelizer control unit

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E62 33 C20 2 Existed
YES >> Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

A

FRQ. OVER LIMIT Auto levelizer control unit detected that vehicle speed signal is abnormal [The ve-
B2086
(Frequency over limit) hicle speed is 340 km/h (211 MPH) or more for 1.5 seconds or more]
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
E
FAIL-SAFE
Fail-safe
F
After engine start
While driving
G
H
With CONSULT I
2. Drive the vehicle at 40 km/h (25 MPH).
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL-1

M
With CONSULT
2. Select “SPEED SIG” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
Standard value
(Approx.) O
SPEED SIG While driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) 40 km/h (25 MPH)
P
NO >> GO TO 2.

4. While driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH), check voltage between auto levelizer control unit harness connector
and ground.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C20 3 Ground While driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH)
PKIA1935E


A

SHORT TO GROUND
B2087 Headlamp levelizer circuit is shorted to the ground for 1.5 seconds or more
(Short circuit to ground)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
E
FAIL-SAFE
Maintain the light axis at the time of DTC detection
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
With CONSULT G
3. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
J
1.CHECK HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT WITH CONSULT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Select “ACT MEASURED” and “ACT OUTPUT” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER”
using CONSULT.
4. Check that “ACT MEASURED” value is within approximately ± 3% to “ACT OUTPUT” value. EXL
NOTE:
“ACT MEASURED” value is approximately 0% when shorted to the ground.
Is the inspection result normal? M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT INSPECTION
N
Check headlamp levelizer circuit for short to ground. Refer to EXL-117, "Component Function Check".
Is the headlamp levelizer circuit normal? O
P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SHORT TO BATTERY
B2088 Headlamp levelizer circuit is shorted to the battery for 1.5 seconds or more
(Short circuit to battery)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

With CONSULT
using CONSULT.
4. Check that “ACT MEASURED” value is within approximately ± 3% to “ACT OUTPUT” value.
NOTE:
“ACT MEASURED” value is approximately 100% when shorted to the battery.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check headlamp levelizer circuit for short to battery. Refer to EXL-117, "Component Function Check".

B208A PARA NOT PROG
B208A PARA NOT PROG
A

PARA NOT PROG
B208A Vehicle specification is not written
(Parameter not programmed)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Configuration is not completed
FAIL-SAFE E
Fix aiming motor drive signal output to approximately 0 V
With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
I
1.PERFORM CONFIGURATION J
Perform configuration. Refer to EXL-93, "Description".
>> INSPECTION END K
EXL

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012149195
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that any of the following fuse is fusing
Unit Location Fuse No. Capacity

Auto levelizer control unit Fuse block (J/B) 29 5A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY
3. Check voltage between auto levelizer control unit harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Auto levelizer control unit -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C20 4 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between auto levelizer control unit harness connector and ground.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
C20 8 Ground Existed
YES >> Power supply and ground circuit are normal.

HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011191135
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. Select “EXTERNAL LAMPS” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. C
3. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (HI) blinks.
Hi : Headlamp (HI) blinks (ON/OFF is repeated 1 second each.) D

Off : Headlamp (HI) OFF
Without CONSULT
1. Start IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis Description". E
2. Check that the headlamp (HI) blinks.
YES >> Headlamp (HI) circuit is normal. F
NO >> Refer to EXL-111, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) FUSE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check that the following fuses are not fusing.
Unit Location Fuse No. Capacity I

Headlamp (HI) RH #52
IPDM E/R 10A
Headlamp (HI) LH #53
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. EXL
2. Select “EXTERNAL LAMPS” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
3. With operating the test items, check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
M
+
IPDM E/R - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal N
9 – 16 V
Hi (Repeated 1
RH 5 second) O
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground
LAMPS 9 – 16 V
Hi (Repeated 1 P
LH 6 second)
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation".

3.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front combination lamp connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front combination lamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R Front combination lamp

Continuity
RH 5 E29
E60 2 Existed
LH 6 E28
YES >> Perform the LED headlamp diagnosis. Refer to EXL-115, "Diagnosis Procedure".

HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION B

With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (LO) is turned ON.
Lo : Headlamp (LO) ON D
Off : Headlamp (LO) OFF
Without CONSULT
2. Check that the headlamp (LO) is turned ON.
YES >> Headlamp (LO) circuit is normal. F
G
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) FUSE


Headlamp (LO) RH #54
IPDM E/R 15A
Headlamp (LO) LH #55
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
M
+
Lo 9 – 16 V
RH 8
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground O
LAMPS Lo 9 – 16 V
LH 7
Off 0–1V
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Continuity
RH 8 E29
E60 1 Existed
LH 7 E28

LED HEADLAMP
LED HEADLAMP
A
1.CHECK LED HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT B

2. Disconnect front combination lamp connector.
3. Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground. C
Front combination lamp

— Continuity
Connector Terminal D
RH E29
5 Ground Existed
LH E28
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. F
2.CHECK LED HEADLAMP
Install the normal front combination lamp to the applicable headlamp. Check that the headlamp is turned ON.
Refer to EXL-91, "Work Procedure". G
Is the headlamp turned ON?
YES >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-159, "Removal and Installation".
H
NO >> LED headlamp is normal.
EXL

HEADLAMP WARNING
HEADLAMP WARNING
1.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING OPERATION

2. Check that headlamp warning on combination meter is not displayed when lighting switch is turned 2ND.
YES >> Headlamp warning is normal.
1.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING SIGNAL

4. Check voltage between front combination lamp harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Front combination lamp -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
RH E29
6 Ground 12 V
LH E28
YES >> Replace front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-159, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect combination meter connector.
3. Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.
Front combination lamp Combination meter

Continuity
RH E29 12
6 M49 Existed
LH E28 13
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".

HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP LEVELIZER OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. Turn lighting switch 2ND. C
3. Select “LAMP TEST” in “Active Test” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
4. With operating the test item, check light axis operation.
D
Test item Light axis operation
LAMP TEST E
YES >> Headlamp levelizer circuit is normal. F
G
1.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect headlamp aiming motor connector. H
4. Check voltage between headlamp aiming motor harness connector and ground.
I
+
Headlamp aiming motor - Voltage
Connector Terminal J
RH E96
1 Ground Battery voltage
LH E97
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between headlamp aiming motor and fuse. EXL
2.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between headlamp aiming motor harness connector and ground. M
Headlamp aiming motor

— Continuity N
Connector Terminal
RH E96
3 Ground Existed
LH E97 O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. P
3.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect headlamp aiming motor connector.
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND.

5. With operating the test items, check voltage between auto levelizer control unit harness connector and
ground.
King Cab models
+
Voltage
Auto levelizer control unit - Test item
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
MAX 10.0 V
C20 5 Ground LAMP TEST
MIN 4.4 V
Double Cab models [4WD (AWD)]
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
MAX 10.0 V
MIN 3.0 V
Double Cab models (2WD)
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
MAX 10.0 V
MIN 2.9 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO-1 >> Fixed at 0 V: GO TO 5.
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: GO TO 6.
4.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
2. Disconnect auto levelizer control unit connector and headlamp aiming motor connector.
3. Check continuity between auto levelizer control unit harness connector and headlamp aiming motor har-
ness connector.
Auto levelizer control unit Headlamp aiming motor

Continuity
RH E96
C20 5 2 Existed
LH E97
5.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT TO GROUND)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
C20 5 Ground Not existed

6.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT TO BATTERY) A

B
+
Voltage
Auto levelizer control unit - C
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C20 5 Ground 0V
D
E
EXL

PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP OPERATION

Check that the tail lamp is turned ON.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check tail lamp circuit. Refer to EXL-122, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK PARKING LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the parking lamp is turned ON.
TAIL : Parking lamp ON

Off : Parking lamp OFF
Without CONSULT
1. Start IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis Description".
2. Check that the parking lamp is turned ON.
YES >> Parking lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check symptom (A or B).
Symptom
A Parking lamp RH is not turned ON
B Parking lamp LH is not turned ON
Which symptom is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK PARKING LAMP RH FUSE

Parking lamp RH IPDM E/R #67 10A
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PARKING LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT

+ A
Connector Terminal
B
EXTERNAL TAIL 9 – 16 V
E62 34 Ground
LAMPS Off 0–1V
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

E

Continuity F
RH 34 E29
E62 4 Existed
LH 33 E28 G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. H
5.CHECK PARKING LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground. I

— Continuity
RH E29
8 Ground Existed
LH E28
K
NO >> Repair or replace harness. EXL

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT

With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the tail lamp is turned ON.
TAIL : Tail lamp ON

Off : Tail lamp OFF
Without CONSULT
2. Check that the tail lamp is turned ON.
YES >> Tail lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

• Parking lamp LH
• Tail lamp RH
• Tail lamp LH
IPDM E/R #68 10A
• License plate lamp RH
• License plate lamp LH
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TAIL LAMP POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
E62 33 Ground
LAMPS Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and rear combination lamp connector.

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and rear combination lamp harness connector.
A
IPDM E/R Rear combination lamp
Continuity
B
RH T5
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TAIL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT D
Check continuity between rear combination lamp harness connector and ground.
E
Rear combination lamp
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5 F
6 Ground Existed
LH T6
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP / TAIL LAMP BULB H
Check the applicable stop lamp / tail lamp bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding stop lamp / tail lamp bulb socket and harness. Repair or replace if nec- I
essary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding stop lamp / tail lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-168, "Replacement".
J
EXL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the license plate lamp is turned ON.
TAIL : License plate lamp ON

Off : License plate lamp OFF
Without CONSULT
2. Check that the license plate lamp is turned ON.
YES >> License plate lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Remove license plate lamp bulb.
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and license plate lamp harness connector.
With rear bumper and sunroof
IPDM E/R License plate lamp

Continuity
RH T41
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T40
With rear bumper without sunroof

Continuity
RH T23
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T22
Without rear bumper

Continuity
RH T4
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T3
YES >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT A

Check continuity between license plate lamp harness connector and ground.
With rear bumper and sunroof
License plate lamp B

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T41
2 Ground Existed C
LH T40
With rear bumper without sunroof
License plate lamp D

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T23
2 Ground Existed E
LH T22
Without rear bumper
License plate lamp F

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T4
2 Ground Existed G
LH T3
YES >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB
I
Check the applicable license plate lamp bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding license plate lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary. J
NO >> Replace the corresponding license plate lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-173, "Replacement".
EXL

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT CIRCUIT
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION

With CONSULT
1. Select “HEAD LAMP” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Select “DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT” in “Active Test” mode.
3. With operating the test items, check that the daytime running light is turned ON.
On : Daytime running light ON

Off : Daytime running light OFF
YES >> Daytime running light circuit is normal.
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY FUSES

Unit Fuse No. Capacity

Daytime running light RH #23
10A
Daytime running light LH #24
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Remove daytime running light relay.
2. With operating the test item, check voltage between fuse block (J/B) terminal and ground.
+
Fuse block (J/B) - Test item Voltage
Terminal
OFF
Switch upstream side 9 – 16 V
ON
Daytime running light relay Ground Ignition switch
OFF 0–1V
Coil upstream side
ON 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO-1 >> Switch upstream side: Check battery power supply circuit. Refer to PG-12, "Wiring Diagram -
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO-2 >> Coil upstream side: Check ignition power supply circuit. Refer to PG-56, "Wiring Diagram - IGNI-
TION POWER SUPPLY -".
3.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY
Check daytime running light relay. Refer to EXL-128, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace daytime running light relay.

4.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL A

With CONSULT
2. Install daytime running light relay. B
6. With operating the test item, check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. C
+
D
Connector Terminal
On 0–1V E
E63 42 Ground DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
Off 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 8. F
NO-1 >> Fixed at 0 – 1 V: GO TO 6.
5.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL G
With CONSULT
1. Select “DTRL REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. H
2. With operating the daytime running light ON condition, check the monitor status.
Monitor item Condition Monitor status

I
ON condition On
DTRL REQ Daytime running light
OFF condition Off
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-97, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT K

2. Remove daytime running light relay. EXL
4. Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) terminal and IPDM E/R harness connector.
M
Fuse block (J/B) IPDM E/R
Continuity
Terminal Connector Terminal
Daytime running light relay Coil downstream side E63 42 Existed N
NO >> GO TO 7. O
7.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector. P
2. Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Continuity
M36 6C E63 42 Existed

YES >> Replace fuse block (J/B).
8.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
3. With operating the test item, check voltage between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH 3H
DAYTIME RUN- Off 0–1V
E38 Ground
NING LIGHT On 9 – 16 V
LH 5H
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace fuse block (J/B).
9.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector and front combination lamp connector.
3. Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and front combination lamp harness con-
nector.
Fuse block (J/B) Front combination lamp

Continuity
RH 3H E29
E38 3 Existed
LH 5H E28
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E29
8 Ground Existed
LH E28
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011370357

3. Apply battery voltage to daytime running light relay between terminals 1 and 2.

4. Check continuity of daytime running light relay terminals.
A
Condition Continuity
Terminal
B
Apply Existed
3 5 Battery voltage
Not apply Not existed
NO >> Replace daytime running light relay. JSIIA1551ZZ
EXL

BACK-UP LAMP CIRCUIT
1.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP OPERATION

2. With operating the selector lever, check that the back-up lamp is turned ON.
Selector lever position: R : Back-up lamp ON

Selector lever position: Other than above : Back-up lamp OFF
YES >> Back-up lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP RELAY FUSE


Back-up lamp relay IPDM E/R #63 10A
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+
IPDM E/R - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E60 14 Ground 6 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Remove back-up lamp relay.
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and back-up lamp relay harness connector.
IPDM E/R Back-up lamp relay

Continuity
3
E60 14 E50 Existed
1
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP RELAY
Check back-up lamp relay. Refer to EXL-132, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace back-up lamp relay.
5.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL B
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Install back-up lamp relay.
3. Connect IPDM E/R connector.
5. With operating the selector lever, check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector and ground. D
+
Voltage (Ap- E
A/T assembly - Condition
prox.)
Connector Terminal
R range 0V F
F7 7 Ground Selector lever position
Except R range Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 8. G
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: Replace control valve & TCM. Refer to TM-300, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (RE7R01A) or TM-616, "Removal and Installation" (RE7R01B). H
6.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
I
3. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
4. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and back-up lamp relay harness connector.
J
A/T assembly Back-up lamp relay
Continuity
K
F7 7 E50 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7. EXL
M
1. Remove joint connector. Refer to TM-299, "Exploded View" (RE7R01A) or TM-615, "Exploded View"
(RE7R01B).
2. Check continuity between joint connector terminals.
N
A/T assembly TCM harness connector side
Continuity
Terminal Terminal
O
7 7 Existed
YES >> Replace control valve & TCM. Refer to TM-300, "Removal and Installation" (RE7R01A) or TM- P
616, "Removal and Installation" (RE7R01B).
NO >> Replace joint connector.
8.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Disconnect rear combination lamp connector.

4. Check continuity between back-up lamp relay harness connector and rear combination lamp harness con-
nector.
Back-up lamp relay Rear combination lamp

Continuity
RH T5
E50 5 5 Existed
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5
3 Ground Existed
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP BULB
Check the applicable back-up lamp bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding back-up lamp bulb socket and harness. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding back-up lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-168, "Replacement".

3. Apply battery voltage to back-up lamp relay between terminals 1 and 2.
4. Check continuity of back-up lamp relay terminals.
Back-up lamp relay

Terminal
Apply Existed
3 5 Battery voltage

FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION B

With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the front fog lamp is turned ON.
Fog : Front fog lamp ON D

Off : Front fog lamp OFF
Without CONSULT
2. Check that the front fog lamp is turned ON.
Is the measurement normal?
YES >> Front fog lamp circuit is normal. F
G
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP FUSE


Front fog lamp IPDM E/R #51 15A
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY K
With CONSULT
2. Select “EXTERNAL LAMPS” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. EXL
3. With operating the test items, check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+ M
Connector Terminal
Fog 9 – 16 V N
RH 12
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground
LAMPS Fog 9 – 16 V
LH 9 O
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3. P
3.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front fog lamp connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front fog lamp harness connector.

IPDM E/R Front fog lamp

Continuity
RH 12 E31
E60 1 Existed
LH 9 E30
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front fog lamp harness connector and ground.
Front fog lamp

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E31
2 Ground Existed
LH E30
YES >> Replace the corresponding front fog lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-160, "Replacement".

TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. Select “FLASHER” of “BCM” using CONSULT. C
3. Select “FLASHER” in “Active Test” mode.
4. With operating the test items, check that the turn signal lamps is turned ON.
D
RH : Turn signal lamps (RH) ON
LH : Turn signal lamps (LH) ON
Off : Turn signal lamps OFF E
YES >> Turn signal lamp circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to EXL-135, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
G
1.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect the following connectors.
- Front turn signal lamp
- Door mirror
I
- Rear combination lamp
4. Select “FLASHER” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
5. Select “FLASHER” in “Active Test” mode. J
6. With operating the test items, check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
+ K
BCM - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
EXL
RH 9 – 16 V
RH 61
Off 0V
M10 Ground FLASHER
LH 9 – 16 V M
LH 60
Off 0V
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT) O
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
P
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 61
M10 Ground Not existed
LH 60

YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-97, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and each turn signal lamp harness connector.
Front turn signal lamp
BCM Front turn signal lamp

Continuity
RH 61 E58
M10 1 Existed
LH 60 E57
Side turn signal lamp (RHD models)
BCM Door mirror

Continuity
RH 61 D23
M10 13 Existed
LH 60 D3
Side turn signal lamp (LHD models)
BCM Door mirror

Continuity
RH 61 D34
M10 13 Existed
LH 60 D11
Rear turn signal lamp
BCM Rear combination lamp

Continuity
RH 61 T5
M10 2 Existed
LH 60 T6
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between each turn signal lamp harness connector and ground.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E58
2 Ground Existed
LH E57
Door mirror
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH D23
14 Ground Existed
LH D3

Door mirror A
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH D34
14 Ground Existed B
LH D11
Rear combination lamp C

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5
3 Ground Existed D
LH T6
YES-1 >> Front turn signal lamp or rear turn signal lamp: GO TO 5. E
YES-2 >> Side turn signal lamp: Replace the corresponding side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-165,
"Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB
Check the applicable turn signal lamp bulb.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES-1 >> Front turn signal lamp: Check the corresponding front turn signal lamp bulb socket. Repair or
replace if necessary.
YES-2 >> Rear turn signal lamp: Check the corresponding rear turn signal lamp bulb socket and harness. H
Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-159, "Replacement" (front turn
signal lamp) or EXL-168, "Replacement" (rear turn signal lamp). I
EXL

OPTICAL SENSOR
OPTICAL SENSOR
1.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR SIGNAL

With CONSULT
3. Select “OPTI SEN (DTCT)” in “Data Monitor” mode.
4. Turn lighting switch AUTO.
5. With the optical sensor illuminating, check the monitor status.
Voltage
(Approx.)
Bright outside of the vehicle Close to 5 V
OPTI SEN (DTCT)
Dark outside of the vehicle Close to 0 V
YES >> Optical sensor is normal.
1.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

3. Check voltage between optical sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Optical sensor - Voltage
Connector Terminal
M91 1 Ground 4.65 – 5.5 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR GROUND
Check voltage between optical sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Optical sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M91 3 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
With illuminating the optical sensor, check voltage between optical sensor harness connector and ground.

OPTICAL SENSOR
+ A
Voltage
Optical sensor - Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B
When bright outside of the vehicle Close to 5 V
M91 2 Ground
When dark outside of the vehicle Close to 0 V
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace optical sensor. Refer to EXL-162, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN) D

2. Disconnect optical sensor connector and BCM connector.
E
3. Check continuity between optical sensor harness connector and BCM harness connector.
Optical sensor BCM

Continuity F
M91 1 M8 17 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT) H
Check continuity between optical sensor harness connector and ground.

I
Optical sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M91 1 Ground Not existed J
K
6.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EXL
M
Optical sensor BCM
Continuity
M91 3 M8 18 Existed N
O
7.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
Optical sensor BCM

Continuity
M91 2 M8 14 Existed

OPTICAL SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Optical sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M91 2 Ground Not existed

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
A
1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL B

With CONSULT
3. Select “HAZARD SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
4. With operating the hazard switch, check the monitor status.
D
ON On
HAZARD SW Hazard switch E
OFF Off
YES >> Hazard switch circuit is normal. F
G
1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL
2. Disconnect hazard switch connector. H
3. Check voltage between hazard switch connector and ground.
+ I
Hazard switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
M37 2 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
EXL
2. Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
M
Hazard switch BCM
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. O
3.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector and ground.
P
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal

HAZARD SWITCH
4.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M37 1 Ground Existed
YES >> Replace hazard switch. Refer to EXL-164, "Removal and Installation".

EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000011191150
B
NOTE:
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diagnosis if any
DTC is detected. C
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item

• Fuse D
• Headlamp (HI) power supply cir-
cuit
Headlamp (HI) circuit
• Front combination lamp
One side Refer to EXL-111, "Component Func- E
- LED [Headlamp (HI)]
Headlamp (HI) is not turned tion Check".
ON - Harness
• IPDM E/R F
Symptom diagnosis
Both sides “BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON”
Refer to EXL-147, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
• Combination meter
High beam indicator lamp is not turned ON Data monitor “HI-BEAM IND”
Combination meter
[Headlamp (HI) is turned ON] • BCM (HEAD LAMP)
Active test “HEAD LAMP” H
• Fuse
• Headlamp (LO) power supply cir-
cuit I
Headlamp (LO) circuit
One side Refer to EXL-113, "Component Func-
Headlamp (LO) is not tion Check".
turned ON - Harness J
• IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Both sides “BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON” K
• Headlamp ground circuit
LED headlamp
Headlamp (HI) and (LO) is not turned ON Refer to EXL-115, "Diagnosis Proce- EXL
dure".
- Harness
• Front combination lamp Headlamp warning M
Headlamp warning remains ON
- LED headlamp control module Refer to EXL-116, "Component Func-
[Headlamp (LO) is turned ON]
- Harness tion Check".
N
• Combination switch input/output
signal circuit Combination switch
• Combination switch Refer to BCS-95, "Symptom Table".
Each lamp is not turned ON/OFF with lighting switch • BCM O
AUTO • Optical sensor power supply/
Optical sensor
ground/signal circuit
Refer to EXL-138, "Component Func-
• Optical sensor
tion Check". P
• BCM

• Fuse
• Parking lamp power supply/
ground circuit
Parking lamp RH is not • Front combination lamp
turned ON - LED (Parking lamp)
- Control circuit
- Harness Parking lamp circuit
Parking lamp is not turned
• IPDM E/R Refer to EXL-120, "Component Func-
ON
tion Check".
ground circuit
Parking lamp LH is not • Front combination lamp
- Control circuit
- Harness
• Fuse
• Tail lamp power supply/ground
Tail lamp circuit
circuit
Tail lamp is not turned ON Refer to EXL-122, "Component Func-
• Stop lamp / tail lamp bulb
tion Check".
• Tail lamp bulb socket/harness
• IPDM E/R
• License plate lamp power supply/
License plate lamp circuit
ground circuit
License plate lamp is not turned ON Refer to EXL-124, "Component Func-
• License plate lamp bulb
tion Check".
• License plate lamp bulb socket
Symptom diagnosis
Parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp are not
“PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON”
turned ON
Position lamp indicator lamp is not turned ON
Data monitor “LIGHT IND”
(Parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp are Combination meter
• BCM (HEAD LAMP)
turned ON)
Active test “TAIL LAMP”
• Fuse
• Daytime running light relay power
supply/control signal circuit
• Daytime running light relay
• Daytime running light power sup-
Daytime running light circuit
ply/ground circuit
Daytime running light is not turned ON Refer to EXL-126, "Component Func-
tion Check".
- LED (Daytime running light)
- Control circuit
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
• Fuse
• Back-up lamp relay power supply/
control signal circuit
• Back-up lamp power supply/
Back-up lamp circuit
ground circuit
Back-up lamp is not turned ON Refer to EXL-130, "Component Func-
• Back-up lamp bulb
tion Check".
• Back-up lamp bulb socket/har-
ness
• Joint connector
• Control valve & TCM
• Fuse
• Front fog lamp power supply/ Front fog lamp circuit
One side ground circuit Refer to EXL-133, "Component Func-
Front fog lamp is not turned • Front fog lamp bulb tion Check".
ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Both sides “BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON”

A
Front fog lamp indicator lamp is not turned ON Data monitor “FR FOG IND”
Combination meter
(Front fog lamp is turned ON) • BCM (HEAD LAMP)
Active test “FR FOG LAMP” B
• Front turn signal lamp
- Front turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit
- Front turn signal lamp bulb
C
- Front turn signal lamp bulb socket
- BCM
• Side turn signal lamp D
Indicator lamp is normal - Side turn signal lamp power sup-
Turn signal lamp circuit
(Applicable side per- ply/ground circuit
forms high flasher activa- - Side turn signal lamp
tion Check".
Turn signal lamp does not tion) - BCM E
blink • Rear turn signal lamp
- Rear turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit
- Rear turn signal lamp bulb F
- Rear turn signal lamp bulb socket/
harness
- BCM
G
Indicator lamp is included
• BCM H
One side Combination meter —
• Turn indicator signal I
Both sides Data monitor “TURN IND”
• BCM
(Always) • BCM (FLASHER)
Turn signal indicator lamp • Combination meter
Active test “FLASHER”
does not blink
(Turn signal lamp is normal) Combination meter J
Both sides
• Combination meter power supply/ Power supply and ground circuit
(Only when activating
ground circuit Refer to MWI-254, "COMBINATION
hazard warning lamp
• Combination meter METER (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
with ignition switch OFF)
SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure". K
• Hazard switch signal/ground cir-
• Hazard warning lamp does not activate Hazard switch
cuit
(Turn signal is normal) Refer to EXL-141, "Component Func-
• Hazard switch EXL
• Hazard warning lamp continues activating tion Check".
• BCM
• Headlamp aiming motor power
supply/ground/drive signal circuit Headlamp levelizer circuit
Headlamp auto aiming does not activate • Front combination lamp (Head- Refer to EXL-117, "Component Func-
M
lamp aiming motor) tion Check".
N

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
LED HEADLAMP
• LED brightness and color may slightly change until the temperature becomes stable. This is not malfunction.
• Illumination time lag may occur between right and left. This is not malfunction.
• Brightness may be reduced due to aged deterioration of LED.
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
The headlamp may not be turned ON/OFF immediately after passing dark area or bright area (short tunnel,
sky bridge, shadowed area etc.) while using the auto light system. This causes for the control difference. This
is normal.

BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON
A
Both side headlamps (HI) are not turned ON when setting to the lighting switch HI or PASS. B
1.COMBINATION SWITCH INSPECTION C

Check combination switch. Refer to BCS-95, "Symptom Table".
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK HIGH BEAM REQUEST SIGNAL E
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL HI REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. F
3. With operating the lighting switch, check the monitor status.
Monitor item Condition Monitor status G

Lighting switch HI or PASS On
HL HI REQ
(2ND) LO Off
H
I
EXL

BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON
Both side headlamps (LO) are not turned ON in any condition.

1.COMBINATION SWITCH INSPECTION

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LOW BEAM REQUEST SIGNAL
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL LO REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

2ND On
HL LO REQ Lighting switch
OFF Off

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON
A
The parking, license plate and tail lamps are not turned ON in any condition. B

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POSITION LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL E
With CONSULT
1. Select “TAIL & CLR REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. With operating the lighting switch, check the monitor status. F

1ST On G
TAIL & CLR REQ Lighting switch
OFF Off
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Perform the tail lamp diagnosis. Refer to EXL-122, "Component Function Check".
I
EXL

BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON
Both side front fog lamps are not turned ON in any condition.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL
With CONSULT
2. Select “FR FOG REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
3. With operating the front fog lamp switch, check the monitor status.
Front fog lamp switch ON On

FR FOG REQ
(With lighting switch 1ST) OFF Off
YES >> Check the front fog lamp diagnosis. Refer to EXL-133, "Component Function Check".

HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
LHD MODELS
B
LHD MODELS : Description INFOID:0000000011841062
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING C

NOTE:
• For details, refer to the regulations in your own country.
• Perform aiming if the vehicle front body has been repaired and/or the headlamp assembly has been D
replaced.
Before performing aiming adjustment, check the following.
• Adjust the tire pressure to the specification. E
• Fill with fuel, engine coolant and each oil.
• Maintain the unloaded vehicle condition. (Remove luggage from the passenger compartment and the lug-
gage room.)
NOTE: F
Do not remove the temporary tire, jack and on-vehicle tool.
• Wipe out dirt on the headlamp.
CAUTION: G
Never use organic solvent (thinner, gasoline etc.).
• Ride alone on the driver seat.
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW H
EXL
JSLIA0447ZZ M
Headlamp LH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE) Headlamp LH (UP/DOWN) Headlamp RH (UP/DOWN)

adjustment screw adjustment screw adjustment screw
N
Headlamp RH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE)
adjustment screw
: Vehicle front
O
Adjustment screw Screwdriver rotation Facing direction

Clockwise OUTSIDE P
Headlamp LH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE)
Counterclockwise INSIDE
Clockwise UP
Headlamp LH (UP/DOWN)
Counterclockwise DOWN
Clockwise UP
Headlamp RH (UP/DOWN)

Clockwise OUTSIDE
For aiming adjustment procedure, refer to EXL-152, "LHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure".
LHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000011841063
1. Place the screen.

NOTE:
• Stop the vehicle at the perpendicular angle to the wall.
• Set the screen so that it is perpendicular to a level load surface.
2. Face the vehicle squarely toward the screen and make the distance between the headlamp center and
the screen 10 m (32.8 ft).
3. Start the engine and illuminate the headlamp (LO).
NOTE:
Block light from the headlamp that is not being adjusted with a thick fabric or another object, so that it
does not reach the adjustment screen.
CAUTION:
Never cover lens surface with tape, etc. because it is made from plastic.
4. Use the aiming adjustment screw to adjust the elbow point projected by the low beams on the screen, so
that it is within the aiming adjustment area.
Low beam distribution on the screen
Aiming adjustment area

Elbow point
Headlamp center
H. Horizontal center line of headlamp
V. Vertical center line of headlamp
JSLIA0030ZZ
JSLIA0031ZZ
Vertical center line of headlamp H. Horizontal center line of headlamp L. Distance from headlamp center to screen
X. Aiming adjustment area Y. Aiming adjustment area
(lateral) (Vertical)

Distance from headlamp center to screen (L) : 10 m (32.8 ft) A

Unit: mm (in)
Vertical direction (Y) Lateral direction (X) B
(Lower side from headlamp center height) (Left side from headlamp center line)
Highest light axis 105 (4.13)
Target light axis 120 (4.72) 0 - 100 (3.94)
C
Lowest light axis 135 (5.31)
RHD MODELS D
RHD MODELS : Description INFOID:0000000010581034
E
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING
NOTE:
• Perform aiming if the vehicle front body has been repaired and/or the headlamp assembly has been F
replaced.
Before performing aiming adjustment, check the following. G
• Adjust the tire pressure to the specification.
gage room.) H
NOTE:
• Wipe out dirt on the headlamp. I
CAUTION:
J
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW
EXL
O
JSLIA0447ZZ

adjustment screw adjustment screw adjustment screw P
adjustment screw
: Vehicle front


Clockwise OUTSIDE
Clockwise UP
Clockwise UP
Clockwise OUTSIDE
For aiming adjustment procedure, refer to EXL-154, "RHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure".
RHD MODELS : Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000010581035

NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Elbow point
Headlamp center
JSLIA0028ZZ
JSLIA0029ZZ

Vertical center line of headlamp H. Horizontal center line of headlamp L. Distance from headlamp center to screen A
B
Distance from headlamp center to screen (L) : 10 m (32.8 ft)
Unit: mm (in)
Aiming adjustment area C
Vertical direction (Y) Lateral direction (X)
D

Lowest light axis 135 (5.31) E
EXL

FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT

NOTE:
For details, refer to the regulations in your own country.
gage room.)
NOTE:
CAUTION:
Never use organic solvent (thinner, gasoline etc.)
• Turn the aiming adjusting screw for adjustment.
: UP
: DOWN
• For the position and direction of the adjusting screw, refer to the
figure.
NOTE:
A screwdriver or hexagonal wrench [6 mm (0.24 in)] can be used
for adjustment.
JMLIA3426ZZ
For aiming adjustment procedure, refer to EXL-156, "Aiming Adjustment Procedure".

Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000010581037

NOTE:
• Stop the vehicle facing the wall.
• Place the board on a plain road vertically.
2. Face the vehicle with the screen. Maintain 10 m (32.8 ft) between the front fog lamp center and the
screen.
3. Start the engine. Turn the front fog lamp ON.
NOTE:
Shut off the headlamp light with the board to prevent from illuminating the adjustment screen.
CAUTION:
Never cover the lens surface with a tape etc. The lens is made of resin.
4. Adjust the cutoff line height with the aiming adjustment screw so that the distance (X) between the hor-
izontal center line of front fog lamp (H) and becomes 150 mm (5.90 in).

Front fog lamp light distribution on the screen
A
: Cutoff line
: High illuminance area
H : Horizontal center line of front fog lamp B
V : Vertical center line of front fog lamp
X : Cutoff line height
C
JPLIA0008ZZ
D
Distance from headlamp center to screen : 10 m (32.8 ft)
E
EXL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Exploded View INFOID:0000000010581003
REMOVAL
JSLIA0421GB
Front combination lamp Radiator core support upper Front fender panel
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
DISASSEMBLY
JSLIA0448ZZ
Front combination lamp Bumper bracket Front turn signal lamp bulb socket
Front turn signal lamp bulb
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
• Never disassemble LED headlamp control module.
• Replace front combination lamp, when malfunction LED headlamp control module.

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010581004
A
CAUTION:
Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the operation
for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-13, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". B
REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove front combination lamp mounting bolts. C
3. Pull out front combination lamp forward the vehicle, and then disconnect the connector before removing
front combination lamp.
D
INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to the following. E
• LHD models: Refer to EXL-151, "LHD MODELS : Description".
• RHD models: Refer to EXL-153, "RHD MODELS : Description".
F
Replacement INFOID:0000000010581005
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the opera- G
tion for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-13, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal".
• After installing the bulb, install the bulb socket securely for watertightness.
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it to H
prevent damage to the bulb.
• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned OFF to prevent burns.
• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one. I
HEADLAMP (HI) / HEADLAMP (LO) / DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT / PARKING LAMP

CAUTION:
J
Replacement of a single part is not possible due to the adoption of LED. For replacement, replace
front combination lamp as a set. Refer to EXL-159, "Removal and Installation".
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB K
1. Rotate the front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
2. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb from the front turn signal lamp bulb socket.
EXL
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000010581006
DISASSEMBLY
M
1. Remove bumper bracket fixing screws, and then remove bumper bracket.
2. Rotate front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
3. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb from the front turn signal lamp bulb socket. N
4. Combination lamp harness connector does not have parts set.
ASSEMBLY
Note the following item, and then assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. O
CAUTION:
After installing the bulb, install the bulb socket securely for watertightness.
P

FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP
JSLIA0427GB
Front bumper fascia assembly Front fog lamp Front fog lamp bulb
Front fog lamp bracket Metal clip
CAUTION:
for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-13, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal".
REMOVAL
1. Remove fender protector. Refer to EXT-23, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect front fog lamp harness connector.
3. Remove the front fog lamp mounting bolts, and then remove front fog lamp from front fog lamp bracket.
4. Remove front fog lamp bracket fixing screws and fixing metal clip, and then remove front fog lamp bracket
from bumper fascia assembly.
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to EXL-156, "Description".
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the opera-
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it to
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.
FRONT FOG LAMP BULB

FRONT FOG LAMP
2. Remove front fog lamp bulb connector .
3. Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and unlock it. A
JPLIA0345ZZ
EXL

OPTICAL SENSOR
OPTICAL SENSOR
JSLIA0449ZZ
Optical sensor Instrument Panel

: Pawl
REMOVAL
1. Apply protective tape (A) on instrument panel assembly to pro-
tect from damage.
JMIIA2441ZZ
2. Disengage fixing pawls using a remover tool (A), and then pull
up optical sensor.
CAUTION:
Using a remover tool wrapped in tape.
: Pawl
JSLIA0515ZZ
3. Disconnect harness connector, and then remove optical sensor.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
A
REMOVAL B
Remove light & turn signal switch. Refer to BCS-98, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key system) or
BCS-203, "Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key system).
INSTALLATION C
EXL

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
JSLIA0429ZZ
Instrument panel assembly Hazard switch

: Pawl
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
With Audio Unit
1. Remove the audio unit. Refer to AV-55, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect hazard switch harness connector.
3. Disengage hazard switch fixing pawls, and then remove hazard switch from the instrument panel assem-
bly.
Without Audio Unit
bly.
INSTALLATION

SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP
A
For exploded view of the side turn signal lamp, refer to MIR-26, "Exploded View". B
REMOVAL C
CAUTION:
for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-13, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". D
1. Remove door mirror cover. Refer to MIR-31, "DOOR MIRROR COVER : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove side turn signal lamp.
a. Remove side turn signal lamp fixing screws . E
JSLIA0511ZZ
H
b. Disconnect side turn signal lamp harness connector.

c. Remove side turn signal lamp from door mirror housing. I
JSLIA0431ZZ EXL
INSTALLATION
M
CAUTION:
N
• Replacement of a single part is not possible due to the adoption of LED. For replacement, replace
side turn signal lamp as a set. Refer to EXL-165, "Removal and Installation". O

JMLIA6275GB
Torsion cross member assembly Auto levelizer control unit Rear axle housing assembly
: Vehicle front
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
CAUTION:
• Before replacing auto levelizer control unit, perform “READ CONFIGURATION” to save or print cur-
rent vehicle specification. Refer to EXL-92, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove auto levelizer control unit mounting bolts.
2. Disconnect auto levelizer control unit harness connector.
3. Remove auto levelizer control unit.
INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION” when replacing auto levelizer control unit. Or not
doing so, auto levelizer control function does not operate normally. Refer to EXL-92, "Description".
• Be sure to perform “SENSOR INITIALIZE” when replacing AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-95,
"Description".

REAR COMBINATION LAMP
A
REMOVAL B
JSLIA0432GB G
Grommet Rear combination lamp

: Clip H
: Pawl
: Always replace after every disassembly.
I
DISASSEMBLY J
EXL
JSLIA0433ZZ
O
Rear combination lamp housing Back-up lamp bulb Harness connector assembly
Stop lamp/Tail lamp bulb Rear turn signal lamp bulb
P
CAUTION:
• When removing, always use a remover tool that is made of plastic.

REMOVAL
1. Open tail gate.
2. Remove rear combination lamp mounting bolts .
JSLIA0434ZZ
3. Apply protective tape (A) on the part to protect it from damage.
JSLIA0435ZZ
4. Using a remover tool (A) disengage the fixing pawl and then pull
rear combination lamp towards vehicle rear by disengaging clips
at the same time as shown in figure.
: Clip
: Pawl
JSLIA0436ZZ
5. Disconnect the rear combination lamp harness connector and remove rear combination lamp.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
STOP LAMP/TAIL LAMP BULB
1. Remove rear combination lamp. Refer to EXL-167, "Removal and Installation".
2. Rotate stop lamp/tail lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it.
3. Remove stop lamp/tail lamp bulb from stop lamp/tail lamp bulb socket.
REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB

2. Rotate rear turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it. A
3. Remove rear turn signal lamp bulb from rear turn signal lamp bulb socket.
BACK-UP LAMP BULB B
2. Rotate back-up lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it.
3. Remove back-up lamp bulb from back-up lamp bulb socket. C
EXL

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
JSLIA0437ZZ
Harness connector High-mounted stop lamp assembly
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
1. Remove headlining partially on the rear. Refer to INT-37, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect high-mounted stop lamp harness connector .
JSLIA0438ZZ
3. Remove high-mount stop lamp mounting nuts .
JSLIA0518ZZ
4. Pull the high-mounted stop lamp toward rear of the vehicle.

INSTALLATION

A
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the opera- B
high-mounted stop lamp assembly as a set. Refer to EXL-170, "Removal and Installation". C
EXL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
With Rear Bumper
JSLIA0440ZZ
License plate lamp assembly
Without Rear Bumper
JSLIA0517ZZ
CAUTION:
REMOVAL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
1. Disengage the license plate lamp fixing pawls according to the
numerical order 1→2 as shown in the figure. A
JSLIA0441ZZ
D
2. Disconnect license plate lamp harness connector.
3. Remove license plate lamp assembly.
INSTALLATION E
F
CAUTION:
tion for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-13, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". G
• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned OFF to prevent burns. H
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB I
1. Remove the license plate lamp. Refer to EXL-172, "Removal and Installation".
2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
J
3. Remove the bulb from the socket.
EXL
JSLIA0442ZZ
M

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]


Headlamp High —
LED
Headlamp Low —

APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
B
Vehicle type Service information C

LED headlamp with Intelligent Key LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)
LED headlamp without Intelligent Key LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)
D
EXL

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
WARNING:
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
connectors.
WARNING:
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following.

switch and wait at least 30 seconds.

K9K engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTi : 60 seconds
SEF289H
V9X engine : 4 minutes
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal
NOTE:

PRECAUTIONS
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON A
NOTE:
B
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error. C
EXL

COMPONENT PARTS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
JMLIA5705ZZ
Side turn signal lamp Side turn signal lamp

Headlamp (LO)
Headlamp (HI) Front turn signal lamp Daytime running light/Parking lamp
Front fog lamp High-mounted stop lamp Stop lamp/Tail lamp
Rear turn signal lamp Back-up lamp License plate lamp
: With rear bumper

COMPONENT PARTS

Headlamp High — B
LED
Headlamp Low —
C
Front fog lamp H11 55 D
Door mirror side LED —
Side turn signal lamp
Front fender panel side W5W 5
E
Back-up lamp P21W 21 F
G
EXL

COMPONENT PARTS
JMLIA6341ZZ
Engine room (right side) Front combination lamp (back) Fuse block (J/B)
Vehicle front

Refer to EXL-178, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-179, "Bulb Specifica-
Side turn signal lamp*1 tions".

COMPONENT PARTS
A
B
• Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location" (YD25DDTi) or EC-762,
ECM
"YS23DDTT : Component Parts Location" (YS23DDTT) for detailed installation
location. C
Headlamp (HI)
(LED headlamp) Refer to EXL-178, "Exterior Lamp Appearance", EXL-179, "Bulb Specifications"
Headlamp (LO) and EXL-182, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp". D
Front combination (LED headlamp)
lamp
Parking lamp
Refer to EXL-178, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-179, "Bulb Specifica- E
Front turn signal tions".
lamp
Front fog lamp*4 tions". F
Transmission range
switch
Transmission as-
• Controls the back-up lamp relay, and supplies voltage to the back-up lamp. G
sembly*5
• Controls the integrated relay and daytime running light relay, and supplies volt- H
Remote keyless entry receiver Refer to DLK-251, "Remote Keyless Entry Receiver". I
6 Refer to EXL-183, "Auto Levelizer Control Unit".
Auto levelizer control unit*
J
Rear combination Rear turn signal Refer to EXL-178, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-179, "Bulb Specifica-
lamp lamp tions".
Back-up lamp
K
License plate lamp
tions".
Ignition key cylinder EXL
Refer to DLK-250, "Ignition Key Cylinder".
(Key switch)
M
• It also transmits a request to the meter control unit to turn indicator lamp and N
BCM warning (information display / buzzer) ON/OFF.
switch condition.
• Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the meter control unit. O
Combination meter • Requests the turn signal operating sound ON to the meter control unit.
cording to the request from BCM via CAN communication. P
• Inputs headlamp warning signal from LED headlamp control module and turns
Meter control unit headlamp warning ON.
with integrated buzzer according to the request from BCM.
• Outputs the vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) to auto levelizer control unit.

COMPONENT PARTS
LED headlamp con- Refer to EXL-183, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp Control Mod-
Front combination trol module ule".
lamp Headlamp aiming
motor*6
*1: With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type
*2: With auto light system
*3: With side turn signal lamp installed to front fender type
*4: With front fog lamp
*5: A/T models
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp INFOID:0000000011370522
OUTLINE
• Semiconductor device (Light emitting diode: LED), which is illuminated when forward bias electric voltage is
applied, is adopted as the source of light instead of halogen bulb or xenon bulb.
• Comparing to halogen headlamp or xenon headlamp, LED headlamp is electrically power saving, durable,
and is illuminated in the similar color to the sunlight. Bright, natural, and eye-friendly visibility can be
obtained.
PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Representative malfunction examples are; “Light does not turn ON”, “Light blinks”, and “Brightness is inade-
quate.” Such malfunctions, however, occasionally by occur LED control module malfunction or lamp case mal-
function. Specify the malfunctioning part with diagnosis procedure.
CAUTION:
• Never touch the harness, LED headlamp control module, the inside and metal part of lamp when
turning the headlamp ON or operating the lighting switch, for preventing electrical shock.
• Never work with wet hands, for preventing electrical shock.
• Never perform LED headlamp control module circuit diagnosis with a circuit tester or an equivalent.
• Temporarily install the headlamps on the vehicle. Always connect power supply to the connector
(vehicle side) when checking ON/OFF status.
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal before disconnecting the lamp socket connector or the har-
ness connector.
• Check for fusing of the fusible link(s), open around connector, short, disconnection if the symptom
is caused by electric error.
• Always check for deformation or hole of headlamp housing and engagement of bulb cover. Other-
wise, water may enter into headlamp because of damage of headlamp housing and contact to LED
headlamp control module connector. The normal operation may be inhibited when short circuit to
power supply is detected.
NOTE:
Turn the switch OFF once before turning ON, if the ON/OFF is inoperative.

COMPONENT PARTS
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp Control Module INFOID:0000000011370523
A
LED headlamp control module is integrated in the front combination
lamp and turns the LED headlamp ON according to the request from
IPDM E/R. B
D
JMLIA5756ZZ

E
• Headlamp aiming motor is integrated in the front combination
lamp.
• Headlamp aiming motor adjusts the headlamp light axis upward F
and downward according to input drive signal from auto levelizer
control unit.
G
H
JMLIA4649ZZ
Auto Levelizer Control Unit INFOID:0000000012149278

I
• Auto levelizer control unit is installed in torsion cross member
assembly.
• Auto levelizer control unit detects the vehicle rear height deviation J
with sensor lever.
• Auto levelizer control unit controls headlamp light axis appropri-
ately depending on the vehicle height. K
• Self-diagnosis function is integrated in auto levelizer control unit.
Diagnosis of headlamp aiming control system (AUTO) can be per-
formed quickly.
EXL
JMLIA6340ZZ
Optical Sensor INFOID:0000000012149276 M
Optical sensor converts the outside brightness (lux) to voltage and

N
JMLIA4314ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
JMLIA2581GB
JMLIA5226GB

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
HEADLAMP SYSTEM
B
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JMLIA6351GB
G
OUTLINE
Headlamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and headlamp control function of BCM, and H
• BCM detects the combination switch condition with the combination switch reading function. I
Headlamp (LO) ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied) J
K
• LED headlamp control module turns the headlamp (LO) ON according to the power supply from IPDM E/R. EXL
HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION
• BCM transmits the high beam request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to the head- M
lamp (HI) ON condition, and requests meter control unit to turn high beam indicator lamp ON.
Headlamp (HI) ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied) N
- Lighting switch PASS O
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated headlamp high relay ON according to high beam request signal and supplies
• LED headlamp control module turns the headlamp (HI) ON according to the power supply from IPDM E/R. P
• Meter control unit turns high beam indicator lamp ON according to the request from BCM.
HEADLAMP WARNING OPERATION [ONLY MODELS WITH HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYS-
TEM (AUTO)]
Headlamp warning warns the driver that there is a malfunction in LED headlamp system. Refer to EXL-210,
"INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Headlamp Warning".
FOLLOW ME HOME FUNCTION (ONLY MODELS WITH AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM)

SYSTEM
me home function of BCM.
tion is operating.
- Ignition switch other than OFF
NOTE:
• Flash-to-pass operation illumination time for 1 time can be extended to approximately 30 seconds during
tion, 2 times), approximately 90 seconds (flash-to-pass operation, 3 times), and a maximum of approxi-

SYSTEM
A
MONOCHROME INFORMATION DISPLAY MODELS
EXL
P
JMLIA5740GB

SYSTEM
COLOR INFORMATION DISPLAY MODELS
JMLIA6352GB


SYSTEM

B
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
JMLIA6214GB
I
OUTLINE
J
Control by BCM
Control by IPDM E/R
NOTE:
OFF).
• BCM receives the vehicle speed signal from combination meter and detects the vehicle speed and the driv-
ing distance.

SYSTEM
twilight).
NOTE:
• ON/OFF of twilight lighting function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to EXL-216, "HEADLAMP :
CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp)".
Refer to EXL-216, "HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp)".
AUTO position.
NOTE:
LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp)".
NOTE:
• ON/OFF of fog override function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to INL-111, "INT LAMP : CON-
SULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP)".

SYSTEM
EXL
JMLIA6353GB
P

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5713GB
OUTLINE
function of BCM, and relay control function of IPDM E/R.
nication).
the daytime running light ON condition.
• IPDM E/R turns the daytime running light relay ON, and turns the daytime running light ON according to the

SYSTEM
A
EXL
P
JMLIA6354GB

SYSTEM
JMLIA6355GB


SYSTEM

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) B

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) : System Description INFOID:0000000012149300
SYSTEM DIAGRAM C
JMLIA1609GB
H
OUTLINE
• Headlamp aiming control system is controlled by auto levelizer control unit.
• Auto levelizer control unit controls the headlamp light axis height appropriately depending on the vehicle rear
height. I
• Auto levelizer control unit detects the vehicle condition necessary for the headlamp aiming motor control
with the following signals.
- Sensor lever signal (detected by the sensor lever) J
- Tail lamp signal (inputted from IPDM E/R)
- Vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) (inputted from combination meter)
HEADLAMP AUTO AIMING OPERATION K
• Auto levelizer control unit calculates vehicle pitch angle from sensor lever signal and determines the neces-
sary correction to compensate the deviation from standard light axis position.
• Auto levelizer control unit outputs aiming motor drive signal when operating conditions are satisfied. EXL
Operating condition
- Tail lamp ON M
• Auto levelizer control unit changes the aiming motor drive signal when any of the correcting condition is
detected. Output is maintained if other condition is detected.
Correcting condition N
- Tail lamp is turned ON.
- Vehicle posture becomes stable after the vehicle posture change is detected with the tail lamp ON and the
vehicle stopped.
O
- Vehicle speed is maintained with the tail lamp ON and the vehicle driven.
NOTE:
Adjusted axis position may differ from the preset position although the headlamp auto aiming activates prop-
erly when the suspension is replaced or worn. P

SYSTEM
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000012154609
JMLIA6348GB
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012149301


SYSTEM
A
After engine start
downward
speed less than 4 km/h (2.5 B
While driving
C
B2083 SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE detection D
After engine start
[Less than 5 seconds after igni- E
downward
While driving
F
4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more] G
After engine start
downward H
While driving
[5 seconds or more after igni- Maintain the light axis at the I
After engine start J
downward
B2086 FRQ. OVER LIMIT MPH)] K
While driving
tion switch ON or vehicle speed time of DTC detection EXL
B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY Maintain the light axis at the time of DTC detection M
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM N

SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000011370534
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3121GB
OUTLINE
Turn signal lamp and the hazard warning lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and the
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION
warning lamp.
• BCM requests meter control unit to blinks turn signal indicator lamp while the turn signal lamp and the haz-
ard warning lamp are operating.
• BCM requests meter control unit to outputs turn signal operating sound while the turn signal lamp and the
hazard warning lamp are operating.
• Meter control unit blinks turn signal indicator lamp and outputs turn signal operating sound with the inte-
grated buzzer according to the request from BCM.
3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION
• BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn sig-
nal lamp operating.
NOTE:

SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000011370535 A

B
EXL
JMLIA5747GB

SYSTEM
JMLIA6356GB

SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000011370536 A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B
F
JMLIA6365GB
OUTLINE
• BCM transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to the park-
ing, license plate and tail lamps ON condition, and requests meter control unit to turn position lamp indicator
lamp ON*. I
- Lighting switch 2ND J
- Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is ON. For details, refer to
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated tail lamp relay ON and turns the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON K
according to the position light request signal.
• Meter control unit turns position lamp indicator lamp ON according to the request from BCM*.
*: Color information display models
EXL
NOTE:
Parking lamp and daytime running light use a common light source. When the parking, license plate and tail
lamps are turned ON while daytime running light is ON, the parking lamp / daytime running light is dimmed.
M

SYSTEM
JMLIA5749GB

SYSTEM
A
EXL
JMLIA6357GB
P


SYSTEM

• Parking lamp
• Tail lamp
BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA4317GB
OUTLINE
Back-up lamp is controlled by back-up lamp control function of TCM.
• TCM turns the back-up lamp relay ON, and turns the back-up lamp ON according to the back-up lamp ON
Back-up lamp ON condition (When all of the following conditions are satisfied)

SYSTEM
EXL
JMLIA6203GB
P

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3120GB
OUTLINE
and relay control function of IPDM E/R.
• BCM transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to the front
fog lamp ON condition, and requests meter control unit to turn front fog lamp indicator lamp ON.
Front fog lamp ON condition
front fog light request signal.
• Meter control unit turns the front fog lamp indicator lamp ON according to the request from BCM.

SYSTEM
EXL
JMLIA6358GB
P


SYSTEM

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3123GB
OUTLINE
• BCM turns the exterior lamp* OFF, according to the vehicle status when key switch is turned OFF while exte-
rior lamp is ON, for preventing battery discharge.
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, BCM turns the exterior lamps OFF (battery saver is acti-
vated), when door lock operation is performed from outside the vehicle (keyfob) or door lock operation is
performed from auto door lock function.
- Key switch: OFF
- Exterior lamp: ON
NOTE:
turned ON.
• Key switch: OFF → ON
• Lighting switch is changed

SYSTEM
A
EXL
P
JMLIA6219GB

SYSTEM
JMLIA6359GB

INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Headlamp Warning INFOID:0000000012107340
DESIGN/PURPOSE
Headlamp warning warns the driver that there is a malfunction in LED headlamp system.

SYSTEM
Symbol Message A
Headlight System Error
—
See Owner's Manual
B
SYNCHRONIZATION WITH MASTER WARNING LAMP
For master warning lamp, refer to MWI-52, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Master Warning Lamp".
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
F
JMLIA6360GB
SIGNAL PATH
• When LED headlamp control module detects a malfunction, headlamp warning signal is output to meter con- G
trol unit.
• BCM transmits low beam request signal to meter control unit when headlamp (LO) ON judgment.
• When meter control unit input the headlamp warning signal and receives low beam request signal, head-
H
lamp warning pop-up screen appears in the information display.
When all of the following conditions are satisfied. I
• Meter control unit input the headlamp warning signal and receives low beam request signal.
NOTE:
When the headlamp warning signal is input, the most likely cause is a malfunction of the following. J
• Headlamp (LO) power supply/ground circuit
• Front combination lamp K
- Harness
EXL
• Ignition switch OFF M
• Meter control unit does not input the headlamp warning signal and receives low beam request signal.

SYSTEM
TIMING CHART
JMLIA4114GB

DESIGN/PURPOSE
the light reminder warning (information display) displays a warning in the information display to alert the driver.
Symbol Message
Reminder Turn
OFF Headlights
JPNIA1880ZZ

NAL
Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA6361GB
SIGNAL PATH

SYSTEM
• BCM judges light reminder warning (information display) by lighting switch signal and front door switch A
(driver side) signal. BCM requests meter control unit to sounds warning buzzer.
• Meter control unit displays light reminder warning pop-up screen appears in the information display accord-
ing to the request from BCM.
B
When all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Ignition switch other than ON C
• Front door (driver side) OPEN [front door switch (driver side) ON]
WARNING/INDICATOR CANCEL CONDITION D
E
TIMING CHART
F
J
JMLIA4116GB
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
K
Item Design Reference EXL

Front fog lamp indicator
lamp*1 For function, refer to MWI-42, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Front Fog
M
N
dicator Lamp".
Position lamp indicator
lamp*2 For function, refer to MWI-54, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Position Lamp O
Indicator Lamp".
Turn signal indicator lamp For function, refer to MWI-63, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Turn Signal In- P
dicator Lamp".

*2: Color information display models

SYSTEM
Item Reference
scription".
INFOID:0000000012149287
Item Reference
Refer to EXL-210, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Headlamp Warn-
Headlamp warning*1 ing".
display)*2 Warning (Information Display)".


A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) (Without Intelligent
B
Key) INFOID:0000000011371338
APPLICATION ITEM
C
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

D
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. E
Configuration
G
SYSTEM APPLICATION
NOTE: H
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × ×
K
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×

Wiper and washer WIPER × × × EXL
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
Manual air conditioning
AIR CONDITONER ×
Manual cooling M
Body control system BCM ×
NATS IMMU × × ×
N

— TRUNK* ×
O
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × × P
— PANIC ALARM* ×
*: This item is displayed, but is not used.

HEADLAMP

HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp) INFOID:0000000011370551
WORK SUPPORT
Service item Setting item Setting
On*2 With the exterior lamp battery saver function

BATTERY SAVER SET
MODE1*2 Normal
CUSTOM A/LIGHT SETTING*1
MODE1 10 sec.
HEAD LIGHT TIMER*1 Sets follow me home function activating time
MODE2*2 30 sec.

MODE2 With twilight ON custom & with wiper LO and HI
*1: Without auto light system, this item cannot be used.

*2: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
IGN ON SW
Indicated [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ON position
[On/Off]
ACC ON SW
Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ACC position
[On/Off]
HI BEAM SW
[On/Off]
HEAD LAMP SW 1
[On/Off]
HEAD LAMP SW 2
[On/Off]
TAIL LAMP SW
[On/Off]
AUTO LIGHT SW*1
[On/Off]
PASSING SW
[On/Off]
FR FOG SW*2
[On/Off]
RR FOG SW*3
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-DR
[On/Off]

Monitor item
Description
[Unit] A
DOOR SW-AS
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RR B
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RL
[On/Off] C
BACK DOOR SW NOTE:
[On/Off] This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
TURN SIGNAL R D
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off] E
KEY ON SW
Indicates [On/Off] condition of key switch
[On/Off]
KEYLESS LOCK F
Indicates [On/Off] condition of lock signal from keyfob
[On/Off]
PKB SW NOTE:
[On/Off] This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
G
ENGINE RUN
The engine status received from ECM using CAN communication
[On/Off]
VEHICLE SPEED H
Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h]
[km/h]
OPTI SEN (DTCT)*1 The value of outside brightness voltage input from the optical sensor
[V] I
[V] This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
LIG SEN COND NOTE: J
[On/Off/NG] This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
*1: Without auto light system, this item cannot be monitored.

*2: Without front fog lamp, this item cannot be monitored. K
*3: This item cannot be monitored.
ACTIVE TEST EXL

• Transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to M
On turn the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON
TAIL LAMP • BCM requests meter control unit to position lamp indicator lamp ON
• Stops the position light request signal transmission
Off
• Stops the request to position lamp indicator lamp OFF
N
HI turn the headlamp (HI) ON
• BCM requests meter control unit to turn high beam indicator lamp ON O
HEAD LAMP Transmits the low beam request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to turn
Low
• Stops the high beam request signal and low beam request signal transmission P
Off
• Stops the request to turn high beam indicator lamp OFF
On to turn the front fog lamp ON
FR FOG LAMP*1 • BCM requests meter control unit to turn front fog lamp indicator lamp ON
• Stops the front fog light request signal transmission
Off
• Stop the request to turn front fog lamp indicator lamp OFF

On NOTE:
RR FOG LAMP
Off This item cannot be tested
On
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT cation to turn the daytime running light ON
On BCM requests meter control unit to dims combination meter
ILL DIM SIGNAL*2
Off Stops the request to dims combination meter OFF
*1: Without front fog lamp, this item cannot be tested.

*2: Without auto light system, this item cannot be tested.
FLASHER
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER) (LED Headlamp) INFOID:0000000011370552
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
IGN ON SW
[On/Off]
HAZARD SW
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL R
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off]
ACTIVE TEST

RH
• BCM requests meter control unit to turn signal indicator lamp (RH) ON
FLASHER LH
• BCM requests meter control unit to turn signal indicator lamp (LH) ON
Off
• Stops the request to turn the turn signal indicator lamp OFF

A
AUTO ACTIVE TEST B

Description
• Rear window defogger C
• Parking lamp
• License plate lamp D
• Tail lamp
• Front fog lamp
• Daytime running light* E
Operation Procedure F
NOTE:
• CONSULT is connected G
2. Turn the ignition switch ON, and within 20 seconds, press the driver door switch 10 times. Then turn the H
starts. I
NOTE:
• When auto active test mode has to be cancelled halfway through test, turn the ignition switch OFF. J
"DOUBLE CAB : Component Function Check" (double cab models) or DLK-337, "DOUBLE CAB :
K
EXL
Operation
sequence
M
• Parking lamp
• License plate lamp N
• Front fog lamp
4 Headlamp LO for 10 seconds →HI ON ⇔ OFF 5 times O
P

JMMIA1889GB
• The auto active test facilitates troubleshooting if any systems controlled by IPDM E/R cannot be operated.

Perform auto active test. • Rear window defogger

• IPDM E/R
• Parking lamp
• Tail lamp Does the applicable sys- • Lamp or motor ground circuit
• Front wiper motor • IPDM E/R

R and daytime running light relay
light
YES BCM and ECM
Perform auto active test. • CAN communication signal between
NO
R and magnet clutch
• IPDM E/R

A
APPLICATION ITEM
B
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R. C
D

E
DATA MONITOR
NOTE: F
Monitor Item MAIN G

Description
[Unit] SIGNALS
MOTOR FAN REQ NOTE:
× H
×
TAIL&CLR REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN I
×
×
[Off/On] munication. J
×
FR FOG REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN K
×
×
[Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi] munication. EXL
WIP AUTO STOP
[STOP P/ACT P]
WIP PROT M
[Off/BLOCK]
IGN RLY
[Off/On] N
ST RLY REQ Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN com- O
P
OIL P SW
[Open/Close]
HOOD SW NOTE:
HL WASHER REQ NOTE:

Monitor Item MAIN
Description
[Unit] SIGNALS
THFT HRN REQ Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via
HORN CHIRP NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST
Test item

Off OFF
REAR DEFOGGER
Off OFF
1
2 NOTE:
MOTOR FAN
4
NOTE:
HEAD LAMP WASHER On
This item is indicated, but cannot be tested.
Off OFF
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay.
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Hi
intervals.
NOTE:
Fog

A
CONSULT Function (HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER) INFOID:0000000012149288
APPLICATION ITEMS B

ECU Identification Allows confirmation of auto levelizer control unit part number C
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by auto levelizer control unit
Work Support Performs settings on sensors.
D
Data Monitor Displays input/output data for auto levelizer control unit in real time
Active Test Transmits a drive signal to the load to check their operation
Configuration Writes the vehicle specification when replacing auto levelizer control unit E
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Part number of auto levelizer control unit can be checked.
F
Self Diagnostic Item
Self diagnostic result that is judged by auto levelizer control unit can be checked. Refer to EXL-227, "DTC G
Index".
• When “CRNT” is displayed on self diagnostic result, the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When “PAST” is displayed on self diagnostic result, system malfunction in the past is detected, but the sys- H
tem is presently normal.
WORK SUPPORT
I
Work item Description
SENSOR INITIALISE Adjusts sensor lever signal output under unladen conditions
J
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable K
Monitor item
Description EXL
[Unit]
INT SEN VALUE Displays the sensor lever angle corresponding to the maximum value of sensor lever an-
[%] gle that is recognized with auto levelizer control unit by ratio
ACT OUTPUT Displays the control value of aiming motor drive signal that is calculated by auto levelizer M
[%] control unit with the ratio corresponding to the ignition power supply
ACT MEASURED Displays the measured value of aiming motor drive signal that is output from auto level-
[%] izer control unit with the ratio corresponding to ignition power supply N
SPEED SIG Displays the vehicle speed judged from vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) that is input to
[km/h] auto levelizer control unit
LIGHT SIGNAL O
Displays the status judged from tail lamp signal that is input to auto levelizer control unit
[V]
INT SEN VOLT
Displays the ignition power supply status that is input to auto levelizer control unit
[V] P
EXT SEN VOLT NOTE:
EXT SEN SIG NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST


LAMP TEST MID Moves the light axis to the middle position
CONFIGURATION
The vehicle specification can be written when auto levelizer control unit is replaced. Refer to EXL-259,
"Description".

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

Reference Value INFOID:0000000012149289
B
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE: C
CONSULT MONITOR ITEM
D
Value
(Approx.)
5.7%*1 E
Unloaded vehicle condition 2.9%*2
INT SEN VALUE Vehicle rear height 13.0%*3
Value increases from F
Low
the unladen status
ACT OUTPUT Headlamp leveling Value decreases from G
Low
the unladen status
ACT MEASURED Headlamp leveling Value decreases from H
Low
the unladen status
SPEED SIG Vehicle running at approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) 40 km/h (25 MPH)
ON Battery voltage I
LIGHT SIGNAL Tail lamp
OFF 2 V or less*4
ON Battery voltage J
INT SEN VOLT Ignition switch
Other than ON 0V
NOTE:
EXT SEN VOLT 0V
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored K
NOTE:
EXT SEN SIG 0V
*1: King Cab models EXL

M
*4: Auto levelizer control unit always outputs the voltage to detect the DTC.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
N
JMLIA2570ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ - Signal name
Output
Ground Tail lamp signal Input Tail lamp
(R) OFF 2 V or less*
3 Vehicle speed signal Vehicle running at approx. 40 km/h (25

Ground Input
(BR) (8-pulse) MPH)
PKIA1935E
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch
(G) Other than ON 0V
Unloaded vehicle
10.0 V
5 Aiming motor drive condition
Ground Output Headlamp leveling
(V) signal Voltage decreases from the un-
Low
laden status
6 Input/
Ground K-LINE — —
(SB) Output
8
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0V
(B)
*: Auto levelizer control unit always outputs the voltage to detect the DTC.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012149290

After engine start
downward
While driving
After engine start
downward
While driving

A
After engine start
downward
speed less than 4 km/h (2.5 B
While driving
C
After engine start
[Less than 5 seconds after igni- D
downward
E
While driving
4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more] F
G
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012149291

H
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
I
Priority DTC No. CONSULT screen terms
B2080 ECU TROUBLE
1
B208A PARA NOT PROG J
2 B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE
K
3 B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE EXL
M
DTC Index INFOID:0000000012149292

B2080 ECU TROUBLE × EXL-262, "DTC Description" O
B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE × EXL-263, "DTC Description"
B2082 SENSOR OUT OF RANGE × EXL-264, "DTC Description"
P
B2083 SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE × EXL-266, "DTC Description"
B2084 VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT × EXL-267, "DTC Description"
B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE × EXL-269, "DTC Description"
B2086 FRQ. OVER LIMIT × EXL-271, "DTC Description"
B2087 SHORT TO GROUND × EXL-273, "DTC Description"

B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY × EXL-274, "DTC Description"
B208A PARA NOT PROG × EXL-275, "DTC Description"

BCM, IPDM E/R
BCM, IPDM E/R
A
B
ECU Reference
BCS-150, "Fail-safe" C
BCM
BCS-151, "DTC Index"
D
PCS-58, "DTC Index" E
EXL

WIRING DIAGRAM
JRLWE7946GB

EXL
JRLWE7947GB

JRLWE7948GB

EXL
JRLWE7949GB

JRLWE7950GB

EXL
JRLWE7951GB

JRLWE7952GB

EXL
JRLWE7953GB

JRLWE7954GB

EXL
JRLWE7955GB

JRLWE7956GB

EXL
JRLWE7957GB

JRLWE7958GB

EXL
JRLWE7959GB

JRLWE7960GB

EXL
JRLWE7961GB

JRLWE7962GB

EXL
JRLWE7963GB

JRLWE7964GB

EXL
JRLWE7965GB

JRLWE7966GB

EXL
JRLWE7967GB

JRLWE7968GB

EXL
JRLWE7969GB

BASIC INSPECTION
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMKIA8652GB
DETAILED FLOW


B
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
- Erase DTC.
H
>> GO TO 5.
J
>> GO TO 6.
nosis order. EXL
NOTE:
M
this check.
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 7.
SULT.
YES >> GO TO 8.
ment.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK

A
1.CHECK START B
1. In the cool LED status (wait for more than 10 minutes after turning headlamp OFF), turn ON and turn OFF
headlamp for the several times. Check that headlamp operates normally each time.
2. In the cool LED status, turn headlamp ON, wait until headlamp enters to the stable status (approximately C
5 minutes after turning headlamp ON), and then check that headlamp operates normally without blinking
or flickering.
3. In the warm LED status (turn headlamp ON for more than 15 minutes and wait for 1 minute after turning
D
OFF), turn ON and turn OFF headlamp for the several times. Check that headlamp operates normally
each time.
4. Turn headlamp ON for approximately 30 minutes, and then check that headlamp operates normally with-
out difference in brightness between LH and RH, blinking or flickering. E
NO >> Refer to EXL-310, "Symptom Table". F
EXL

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL
UNIT
Perform the following operations when replacing auto levelizer control unit. (For details, refer to EXL-258,
"Work Procedure".)
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing auto levelizer control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configura-
tion before replacement.
NOTE:
If “Before Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” cannot be used, use the “Manual Configuration” after
replacing auto levelizer control unit.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
• When replacing auto levelizer control unit, always perform “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configu-
ration” with CONSULT. Or not doing so, auto levelizer control unit control function does not operate normally.
• Perform sensor initialize with CONSULT when replacing the auto levelizer control unit.
CAUTION:
• If you set incorrect “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configuration”, incidents might occur.
1.SAVING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION

With CONSULT
3. Perform “Before Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” to save or print current vehicle specifica-
tion. Refer to EXL-259, "Description".
NOTE:
If “Before Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” cannot be used, use the “Manual Configuration”
after replacing auto levelizer control unit.
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT
2. Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-332, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION
With CONSULT
3. Perform “After Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configuration” to write vehicle
specification. Refer to EXL-259, "Description".
>> GO TO 4.
4.SENSOR INITIALIZE
>> WORK END

A
Vehicle specification needs to be written with CONSULT because it is not written after replacing auto levelizer B
control unit. (For details, refer to EXL-259, "Work Procedure".)
Configuration has three functions as follows.
Function Description C
• Reads the vehicle configuration of current auto levelizer
Before Replace ECU control unit.
Read / Write Configuration • Saves the read vehicle configuration. D
After Replace ECU Writes the vehicle configuration with saved data.
Manual Configuration Writes the vehicle configuration with manual selection.
E
CAUTION:
When replacing auto levelizer control unit, always perform “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual
Configuration” with CONSULT. Or not doing so, auto levelizer control function does not operate nor-
mally. F
• If you set incorrect “Read / Write Configuration” or “Manual Configuration”, incidents might occur. G
1.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION H
Perform writing vehicle specification.

I
When writing saved data>>GO TO 2.
When writing manually>>GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM WRITING SAVED DATA J
With CONSULT
2. Select “Configuration” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT. K
3. Perform “After Replace ECU” of “Read / Write Configuration” to write vehicle specification.
>> WORK END EXL

3.PERFORM WRITING MANUALLY
With CONSULT M
3. Select “Manual Configuration”, and write the vehicle specification to auto levelizer control unit. Refer to
EXL-260, "Configuration list". N
CAUTION:
• Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. ECU control may not operate nor-
mally if the setting is not correct. O
• Make sure to select “OK” even if the indicated configuration of brand new auto levelizer control
unit is same as the desirable configuration. If not, configuration which is set automatically by
selecting vehicle model cannot be memorized.
NOTE: P
If items are not displayed, touch “Next”. Refer to EXL-260, "Configuration list" for written items and setting
value.
>> WORK END

Configuration list INFOID:0000000012149297
CAUTION:
• Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. ECU control may not operate normally if
the setting is not correct.
• The “Setting Value” of this vehicle is as follows: Never select any other value than the setting value
shown below. (If there is only 1 item in “Setting Value” that means that item is the only choice for
this certain vehicle.)
SETTING ITEM
NOTE
Items Setting Value
• KING CAB: King Cab models
BODY TYPE KING CAB ⇔ DOUBLE CAB
• DOUBLE CAB: Double Cab models
• 4WD: 4WD (AWD) models
DRIVE SYSTEM 4WD ⇔ 2WD
• 2WD: 2WD models
⇔: Items which confirm vehicle specifications.

SENSOR INITIALIZE
SENSOR INITIALIZE
A
Perform the sensor initialize when the following operation is performed. (For details, refer to EXL-261, "Work B
Procedure".)
• Removing, installing or replacing auto levelizer control unit.
• Adjusting, removing, installing or replacing suspension components
C
1.VEHICLE CONDITION CHECK D

1. Park the vehicle in the straight-forward position.
2. Unload the vehicle (no passenger aboard).
E
>> GO TO 2.
2.SENSOR INITIALIZE
F
With CONSULT
2. Select “SENSOR INITIALISE” in “Work Support” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “Start”. G
4. When “COMPLETE”, touch “End”.
NOTE:
If sensor initialize is not completed, auto levelizer control unit detects that the sensor lever signal changes. H
The sensor initialize is cancelled. In this case, turn the ignition switch OFF to prevent the vehicle from the
height change. Perform the sensor initialize again.
Is the sensor initialize completed? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the sensor initialize again.
3.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK J
With CONSULT
2. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> WORK END EXL

B2080 ECU TROUBLE
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
B2080 ECU TROUBLE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECU TROUBLE
B2080 Auto levelizer control unit internal malfunction
(ECU trouble)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
Fix aiming motor drive signal to approximately 0 V
With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.ERASE DTC
With CONSULT
Is the memory erased?

A

INITIAL NOT DONE
B2081 Sensor initialization is not completed
(Initialization not done)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Sensor initialization is not completed
FAIL-SAFE E
Fix with the light axis facing downward
With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
I
1.SENSOR INITIALIZE J
>> INSPECTION END K
EXL

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SENSOR OUT OF RANGE Auto levelizer control unit detected that the sensor lever angle is out of range, con-
B2082
(Sensor out of range) tinually for 20 ms or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Auto levelizer control unit installation condition
• Sensor initialize is not appropriate
FAIL-SAFE
Fail-safe
After engine start
While driving

With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK SENSOR INITIALIZATION VALUE

With CONSULT
3. Select “INT SEN VALUE” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
4. Check monitor status under unladen conditions.
Monitor item Standard value*4

(Approx.)
5.7%*1
INT SEN VALUE 2.9%*2
13.0%*3
*1: King Cab models

*4: Sensor initialize position (reference)

YES >> Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-332, "Removal and Installation". A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.SENSOR INITIALIZATION
B
Is sensor initialize completed?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
No >> Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-332, "Removal and Installation".
3.ERASE DTC
D
With CONSULT
Is the memory erased? E
F
EXL

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE When vehicle speed is 5 km/h (3.1 MPH) or more, the auto levelizer control unit
B2083
(Sensor signal not plausible) cannot detect any changes of the sensor lever angle for 5 minutes or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
• Maintain the aiming motor drive signal output at the time of DTC detection
With CONSULT
2. Drive the vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION CONDITION

Check mounting part of auto levelizer control unit and its link for looseness and deformation.
Is it properly installed?
NO >> Install auto levelizer control unit properly.

A

VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT Ignition power supply voltage to auto levelizer control unit is 9 V or less for 1.5 sec-
B2084
(Supply voltage under limit) onds or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
E
FAIL-SAFE
Fail-safe
F
After engine start
While driving
G
H
With CONSULT I
3. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". K
EXL
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY WITH CONSULT
With CONSULT
M
2. Select “INT SEN VOLT” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
3. Check monitor status.
N
Standard value
Monitor item
(Approx.)
INT SEN VOLT Battery voltage O

YES >> Replace auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-332, "Removal and Installation". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power supply and ground circuit of auto levelizer control unit. Refer to EXL-276, "AUTO LEVELIZER
CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".


A

LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE Auto levelizer control unit detected that the tail lamp signal is the following condi-
B2085
(Low beam signal open line) tion: 2 V < tail lamp signal < 6 V (1.5 seconds or more)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
E
FAIL-SAFE
Fail-safe
F
After engine start
While driving
G
H
With CONSULT I
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

M
With CONSULT
2. Select “LIGHT SIGNAL” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
Standard value
(Approx.) O
OFF 2 V or less
LIGHT SIGNAL Lighting switch
1ST 6 V or more
P
NO >> GO TO 2.

4. With operating the lighting switch, check the voltage between auto levelizer control unit harness connector
and ground.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
OFF 0V
C20 2 Ground Lighting switch
1ST Battery voltage
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and auto levelizer control unit harness connector.
IPDM E/R Auto levelizer control unit

Continuity
E62 33 C20 2 Existed
YES >> Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".

A

FRQ. OVER LIMIT Auto levelizer control unit detected that vehicle speed signal is abnormal [The ve-
B2086
(Frequency over limit) hicle speed is 340 km/h (211 MPH) or more for 1.5 seconds or more]
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
E
FAIL-SAFE
Fail-safe
F
After engine start
While driving
G
H
With CONSULT I
2. Drive the vehicle at 40 km/h (25 MPH).
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

M
With CONSULT
2. Select “SPEED SIG” in “Data Monitor” mode of “HEAD LAMP LEVELIZER” using CONSULT.
Standard value
(Approx.) O
SPEED SIG While driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) 40 km/h (25 MPH)
P
NO >> GO TO 2.

4. While driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH), check voltage between auto levelizer control unit harness connector
and ground.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C20 3 Ground While driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH)
PKIA1935E


A

SHORT TO GROUND
B2087 Headlamp levelizer circuit is shorted to the ground for 1.5 seconds or more
(Short circuit to ground)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
E
FAIL-SAFE
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
With CONSULT G
3. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
J
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
using CONSULT.
4. Check that “ACT MEASURED” value is within approximately ± 3% to “ACT OUTPUT” value. EXL
NOTE:
“ACT MEASURED” value is approximately 0% when shorted to the ground.
Is the inspection result normal? M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT INSPECTION
N
Check headlamp levelizer circuit for short to ground. Refer to EXL-283, "Component Function Check".
Is the headlamp levelizer circuit normal? O
P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SHORT TO BATTERY
B2088 Headlamp levelizer circuit is shorted to the battery for 1.5 seconds or more
(Short circuit to battery)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

With CONSULT
using CONSULT.
4. Check that “ACT MEASURED” value is within approximately ± 3% to “ACT OUTPUT” value.
NOTE:
“ACT MEASURED” value is approximately 100% when shorted to the battery.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check headlamp levelizer circuit for short to battery. Refer to EXL-283, "Component Function Check".

B208A PARA NOT PROG
B208A PARA NOT PROG
A

PARA NOT PROG
B208A Vehicle specification is not written
(Parameter not programmed)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Configuration is not completed
FAIL-SAFE E
Fix aiming motor drive signal output to approximately 0 V
With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
I
1.PERFORM CONFIGURATION J
Perform configuration. Refer to EXL-259, "Description".
>> INSPECTION END K
EXL

AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012149322
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that any of the following fuse is fusing

Auto levelizer control unit Fuse block (J/B) 29 5A
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY
+
Voltage
Auto levelizer control unit -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C20 4 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
C20 8 Ground Existed
YES >> Power supply and ground circuit are normal.

A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION B

With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (HI) blinks.
Hi : Headlamp (HI) blinks (ON/OFF is repeated 1 second each.) D

Off : Headlamp (HI) OFF
Without CONSULT
2. Check that the headlamp (HI) blinks.
YES >> Headlamp (HI) circuit is normal. F
G
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) FUSE


Headlamp (HI) RH #52
IPDM E/R 10A
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
M
+
9 – 16 V
Hi (Repeated 1
RH 5 second) O
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground
LAMPS 9 – 16 V
Hi (Repeated 1 P
LH 6 second)
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.



Continuity
RH 5 E29
E60 2 Existed
LH 6 E28

A

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
G


IPDM E/R 15A
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
With CONSULT
M
+
Lo 9 – 16 V
RH 8
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground O
LAMPS Lo 9 – 16 V
LH 7
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.


Continuity
RH 8 E29
E60 1 Existed
LH 7 E28

LED HEADLAMP
LED HEADLAMP
A
1.CHECK LED HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT B

3. Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground. C

— Continuity
RH E29
5 Ground Existed
LH E28
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LED HEADLAMP
Install the normal front combination lamp to the applicable headlamp. Check that the headlamp is turned ON.
Refer to EXL-257, "Work Procedure". G
Is the headlamp turned ON?
H
NO >> LED headlamp is normal.
EXL

HEADLAMP WARNING
HEADLAMP WARNING
1.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING OPERATION

2. Check that headlamp warning on combination meter is not displayed when lighting switch is turned 2ND.
YES >> Headlamp warning is normal.
1.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING SIGNAL

4. Check voltage between front combination lamp harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Front combination lamp -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
RH E29
6 Ground 12 V
LH E28
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.
Front combination lamp Combination meter

Continuity
RH E29 12
6 M102 Existed
LH E28 13

A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP LEVELIZER OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. Turn lighting switch 2ND. C
4. With operating the test item, check light axis operation.
D
Test item Light axis operation
LAMP TEST E
YES >> Headlamp levelizer circuit is normal. F
G
1.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect headlamp aiming motor connector. H
4. Check voltage between headlamp aiming motor harness connector and ground.
I
+
Headlamp aiming motor - Voltage
RH E96
1 Ground Battery voltage
LH E97
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between headlamp aiming motor and fuse. EXL
2.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between headlamp aiming motor harness connector and ground. M
Headlamp aiming motor

— Continuity N
Connector Terminal
RH E96
3 Ground Existed
LH E97 O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. P
3.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect headlamp aiming motor connector.
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND.

5. With operating the test items, check voltage between auto levelizer control unit harness connector and
ground.
King Cab models
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
MAX 10.0 V
MIN 4.4 V
Double Cab models [4WD (AWD)]
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
MAX 10.0 V
MIN 3.0 V
Double Cab models (2WD)
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
MAX 10.0 V
MIN 2.9 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: GO TO 6.
4.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
3. Check continuity between auto levelizer control unit harness connector and headlamp aiming motor har-
ness connector.
Auto levelizer control unit Headlamp aiming motor

Continuity
RH E96
C20 5 2 Existed
LH E97
5.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT TO GROUND)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
C20 5 Ground Not existed

6.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT TO BATTERY) A

B
+
Voltage
Auto levelizer control unit - C
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C20 5 Ground 0V
D
E
EXL


YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Symptom
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 4.

YES >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

+ A
Connector Terminal
B
E62 34 Ground
LAMPS Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 4.

E

Continuity F
RH 34 E29
E62 4 Existed
LH 33 E28 G
YES >> GO TO 5.

Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground. I

— Continuity
RH E29
8 Ground Existed
LH E28
K

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT

With CONSULT
TAIL : Tail lamp ON

Off : Tail lamp OFF
Without CONSULT
1.CHECK FUSE

• Parking lamp LH
• Tail lamp RH
• Tail lamp LH
IPDM E/R #68 10A
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
E62 33 Ground
LAMPS Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
A
IPDM E/R Rear combination lamp
Continuity
B
RH T5
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TAIL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT D
E
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5 F
6 Ground Existed
LH T6
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP / TAIL LAMP BULB H
Check the applicable stop lamp / tail lamp bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding stop lamp / tail lamp bulb socket and harness. Repair or replace if nec- I
essary.
J
EXL


YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT

With rear bumper

Continuity
RH T23
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T22
Without rear bumper

Continuity
RH T4
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T3
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT

With rear bumper
License plate lamp A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T23
2 Ground Existed B
LH T22
Without rear bumper
License plate lamp C

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T4
2 Ground Existed D
LH T3
YES >> GO TO 3. E
F
YES >> Check the corresponding license plate lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary. G
EXL


With CONSULT



10A
YES >> GO TO 2.
+
Terminal
OFF
ON
OFF 0–1V
Coil upstream side
ON 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.


With CONSULT
+
D
Connector Terminal
On 0–1V E
Off 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 8. F
With CONSULT

I
ON condition On
OFF condition Off
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".

M
Continuity
NO >> GO TO 7. O

Continuity

With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH 3H
E38 Ground
LH 5H
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 9.
2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector and front combination lamp connector.
3. Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and front combination lamp harness con-
nector.
Fuse block (J/B) Front combination lamp

Continuity
RH 3H E29
E38 3 Existed
LH 5H E28
YES >> GO TO 10.
Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E29
8 Ground Existed
LH E28


A
Terminal
B
Apply Existed
3 5 Battery voltage
EXL





YES >> GO TO 2.
+
IPDM E/R - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E60 14 Ground 6 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
3
E60 14 E50 Existed
1
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
+
Voltage (Ap- E
prox.)
Connector Terminal
R range 0V F
YES >> GO TO 8. G
tion". H
I
J
Continuity
K
F7 7 E50 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7. EXL
M
1. Remove joint connector. Refer to TM-299, "Exploded View".
N
Continuity
Terminal Terminal
7 7 Existed O
YES >> Replace control valve & TCM. Refer to TM-300, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace joint connector. P
nector.


Continuity
RH T5
E50 5 5 Existed
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 9.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5
3 Ground Existed
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 10.

Back-up lamp relay

Terminal
Apply Existed
3 5 Battery voltage

A

With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
G


J
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
+ M
Connector Terminal
Fog 9 – 16 V N
RH 12
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground
LH 9 O
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3. P


Continuity
RH 12 E31
E60 1 Existed
LH 9 E30
YES >> GO TO 4.
Front fog lamp

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E31
2 Ground Existed
LH E30

A

With CONSULT
D
G
With CONSULT
- Door mirror (with side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type)
I
3. Remove side turn signal lamp bulb (with side turn signal lamp installed to front fender type).
5. Select “FLASHER” of “BCM” using CONSULT. J
7. With operating the test items, check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground.
Monochrome information display models K
+
Combination meter - Test item Voltage
EXL
Connector Terminal
RH 9 – 16 V
RH 54
Off 0V M
M52 Ground FLASHER
LH 9 – 16 V
LH 53
Off 0V
N
Color information display models
+
Combination meter - Test item Voltage O
Connector Terminal
RH 9 – 16 V
RH 48 P
Off 0V
M103 Ground FLASHER
LH 9 – 16 V
LH 49
Off 0V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.
Monochrome information display models
Combination meter
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 54
LH 53
Combination meter
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 48
LH 49
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and each turn signal lamp harness con-
nector.
- Monochrome information display models
Combination meter Front turn signal lamp

Continuity
RH 54 E58
M52 1 Existed
LH 53 E57
Combination meter Side turn signal lamp

Continuity
RH 54 E52
M52 1 Existed
LH 53 E51
Combination meter Rear combination lamp

Continuity
RH 54 T5
M52 2 Existed
LH 53 T6
- Color information display models

Continuity
RH 48 E58
M103 1 Existed
LH 49 E57

Side turn signal lamp (With side turn signal lamp installed to front fender type)
Combination meter Side turn signal lamp A

Continuity
RH 48 E52
M103 1 Existed B
LH 49 E51
Side turn signal lamp (With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type)
Combination meter Door mirror C

Continuity
RH 48 D23
M103 13 Existed D
LH 49 D3
Combination meter Rear combination lamp E

Continuity
RH 48 T5
M103 2 Existed F
LH 49 T6
YES >> GO TO 4. G
H
Front turn signal lamp I

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E58
2 Ground Existed J
LH E57
Side turn signal lamp K

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E52
2 Ground Existed EXL
LH E51
Side turn signal lamp (With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type)
Door mirror M
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH D23
14 Ground Existed N
LH D3
Rear combination lamp O

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5
3 Ground Existed P
LH T6
YES-1 >> With side turn signal lamp installed to front fender type: GO TO 5.
YES-2 >> With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type (Front turn signal lamp or rear turn signal
lamp): GO TO 5.
YES-3 >> With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type (Side turn signal lamp): Replace the cor-
responding side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-330, "Removal and Installation".

YES-2 >> Side turn signal lamp: Check the corresponding side turn signal lamp bulb socket. Repair or
YES-3 >> Rear turn signal lamp: Check the corresponding rear turn signal lamp bulb socket and harness.
signal lamp), EXL-331, "Replacement" (side turn signal lamp) or EXL-334, "Replacement" (rear
turn signal lamp).

OPTICAL SENSOR
OPTICAL SENSOR
A
1.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR SIGNAL B

With CONSULT
2. Select “HEAD LAMP” of “BCM” using CONSULT. C
5. With the optical sensor illuminating, check the monitor status. D
Voltage
(Approx.)
E
OPTI SEN (DTCT)
Is the inspection result normal? F
G
1.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY H

I
+
Optical sensor - Voltage J
Connector Terminal
M91 1 Ground 4.65 – 5.5 V
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
EXL
M
+
Voltage
Optical sensor -
(Approx.) N
Connector Terminal
M91 3 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR SIGNAL P

OPTICAL SENSOR
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M91 2 Ground
YES >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
2. Disconnect optical sensor connector and combination meter connector.
3. Check continuity between optical sensor harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Optical sensor Combination meter

Continuity
M91 1 M105 87 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Optical sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal

Continuity

Continuity

OPTICAL SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 8. A
B
Optical sensor C
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
Is the inspection result normal? D
E
EXL

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH

With CONSULT

ON On
HAZARD SW Hazard switch
OFF Off
YES >> Hazard switch circuit is normal.

2. Disconnect hazard switch connector.
+
Connector Terminal
M37 2 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Hazard switch Combination meter

Continuity

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.

HAZARD SWITCH
Hazard switch A
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
NO >> Repair or replace harness. C
D
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
YES >> Replace hazard switch. Refer to EXL-329, "Removal and Installation". F
EXL

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
NOTE:
DTC is detected.

• Fuse
• Headlamp (HI) power supply cir-
cuit
Headlamp (HI) circuit
- LED [Headlamp (HI)]
Headlamp (HI) is not turned tion Check".
ON - Harness
• IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Combination meter
[Headlamp (HI) is turned ON] • BCM (HEAD LAMP)
Active test “HEAD LAMP”
• Fuse
• Headlamp (LO) power supply cir-
cuit
Headlamp (LO) circuit
Headlamp (LO) is not tion Check".
turned ON - Harness
• IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Both sides “BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON”
LED headlamp
Headlamp (HI) and (LO) is not turned ON Refer to EXL-281, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
- Harness
• Front combination lamp Headlamp warning
Headlamp warning remains ON
- LED headlamp control module Refer to EXL-282, "Component Func-
[Headlamp (LO) is turned ON]
- Harness tion Check".
Each lamp is not turned ON/OFF with lighting switch • Combination meter
AUTO • Optical sensor power supply/
Optical sensor
• Optical sensor
tion Check".

A
• Fuse
ground circuit
Parking lamp RH is not • Front combination lamp B
- Control circuit
- Harness Parking lamp circuit
• IPDM E/R Refer to EXL-286, "Component Func- C
ON
tion Check".
ground circuit
Parking lamp LH is not • Front combination lamp D
- Control circuit
- Harness
• Fuse E
Tail lamp circuit
circuit
tion Check". F
• IPDM E/R
License plate lamp circuit G
ground circuit
tion Check".
Symptom diagnosis H
turned ON
Position lamp indicator lamp is not turned ON I
• BCM (HEAD LAMP)
turned ON)
• Fuse J
K
• Daytime running light power sup-
Daytime running light circuit
ply/ground circuit
Daytime running light is not turned ON Refer to EXL-292, "Component Func-
tion Check".
- LED (Daytime running light) EXL
- Control circuit
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
• Combination meter M
• Fuse
control signal circuit N
ground circuit
tion Check".
• Back-up lamp bulb socket/har- O
ness
• Joint connector
P
• Fuse
ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis

Combination meter
Active test “FR FOG LAMP”
ply/ground circuit
- Combination meter
• Side turn signal lamp (With side
turn signal lamp integrated to
door mirror type)
- Side turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit
- Side turn signal lamp
Indicator lamp is normal - Combination meter
(Applicable side per- • Side turn signal lamp (With side
forms high flasher activa- turn signal lamp installed to front
tion Check".
Turn signal lamp does not tion) fender type)
blink - Side turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit
- Side turn signal lamp bulb
- Side turn signal lamp bulb socket
- Combination meter
• Rear turn signal lamp
ply/ground circuit
- Rear turn signal lamp bulb
harness
- Combination meter
Both sides • Turn indicator signal Data monitor “TURN IND”
(Always) • Combination meter • BCM (FLASHER)
Combination meter
Power supply and ground circuit
Turn signal indicator lamp
Refer to MWI-255, "COMBINATION
does not blink
METER (MONOCHROME DISPLAY
(Turn signal lamp is normal)
Both sides MODELS WITHOUT INTELLIGENT
• Combination meter power supply/
(Only when activating KEY) : Diagnosis Procedure" (Mono-
ground circuit
hazard warning lamp chrome information display models)
with ignition switch OFF) or MWI-254, "COMBINATION
METER (COLOR DISPLAY MODELS
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY) : Di-
agnosis Procedure" (Color informa-
tion display models).
cuit
• Hazard switch
• Headlamp aiming motor power
supply/ground/drive signal circuit Headlamp levelizer circuit
Headlamp auto aiming does not activate • Front combination lamp (Head- Refer to EXL-283, "Component Func-
lamp aiming motor) tion Check".

A
LED HEADLAMP B
• LED brightness and color may slightly change until the temperature becomes stable. This is not malfunction.
• Illumination time lag may occur between right and left. This is not malfunction.
• Brightness may be reduced due to aged deterioration of LED. C
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
sky bridge, shadowed area etc.) while using the auto light system. This causes for the control difference. This D
is normal.
EXL

Both side headlamps (HI) are not turned ON when setting to the lighting switch HI or PASS.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HIGH BEAM REQUEST SIGNAL
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL HI REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

HL HI REQ
(2ND) LO Off

A
Both side headlamps (LO) are not turned ON in any condition. B


D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LOW BEAM REQUEST SIGNAL E
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL LO REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. F

2ND On
OFF Off
H
I
EXL

The parking, license plate and tail lamps are not turned ON in any condition.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POSITION LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL
With CONSULT

1ST On
OFF Off

A
Both side front fog lamps are not turned ON in any condition. B

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL E
With CONSULT
2. Select “FR FOG REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. F

FR FOG REQ
H
I
EXL

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

NOTE:
• Perform aiming if the vehicle front body has been repaired and/or the headlamp assembly has been
replaced.
gage room.)
NOTE:
CAUTION:
JSLIA0447ZZ

adjustment screw
: Vehicle front

Clockwise OUTSIDE
Clockwise UP
Clockwise UP

A
Clockwise OUTSIDE
For aiming adjustment procedure, refer to EXL-319, "Aiming Adjustment Procedure". B
1. Place the screen. C

NOTE:
• Set the screen so that it is perpendicular to a level load surface. D
3. Start the engine and illuminate the headlamp (LO). E
NOTE:
CAUTION: F
that it is within the aiming adjustment area. G
Aiming adjustment area H

Elbow point
Headlamp center
I
J
JSLIA0028ZZ
EXL
JSLIA0029ZZ
P

Unit: mm (in)

A
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING B

NOTE:
C
• Maintain the unloaded vehicle condition. (Remove luggage from the passenger compartment and the lug- D
gage room.)
NOTE:
E
CAUTION:
• Ride alone on the driver seat. F
G
: UP
: DOWN
H
figure.
NOTE:
A screwdriver or hexagonal wrench [6 mm (0.24 in)] can be used I
for adjustment.
JMLIA3426ZZ
J
Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000012142049 K

NOTE: EXL
M
screen.
NOTE:
Shut off the headlamp light with the board to prevent from illuminating the adjustment screen. N
CAUTION:
4. Adjust the cutoff line height with the aiming adjustment screw so that the distance (X) between the hor- O

: Cutoff line
H : Horizontal center line of front fog lamp
JPLIA0008ZZ

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

B
REMOVAL
C
H
JSLIA0421GB
I
DISASSEMBLY
J
EXL
O
JSLIA0448ZZ
Front combination lamp Bumper bracket Front turn signal lamp bulb socket P
Front turn signal lamp bulb
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
• Never disassemble LED headlamp control module.
• Replace front combination lamp, when malfunction LED headlamp control module.

CAUTION:
REMOVAL
2. Remove front combination lamp mounting bolts.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
• After installing the bulb, install the bulb socket securely for watertightness.
HEADLAMP (HI) / HEADLAMP (LO) / DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT / PARKING LAMP
CAUTION:
Replacement of a single part is not possible due to the adoption of LED. For replacement, replace
front combination lamp as a set. Refer to EXL-324, "Removal and Installation".
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove bumper bracket fixing screws, and then remove bumper bracket.
2. Rotate front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
4. Combination lamp harness connector does not have parts set.
ASSEMBLY
Note the following item, and then assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
After installing the bulb, install the bulb socket securely for watertightness.

FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP
A
G
JSLIA0427GB
H

I
CAUTION:
J
REMOVAL K
3. Remove the front fog lamp mounting bolt, and then remove front fog lamp from front fog lamp bracket. EXL
INSTALLATION M
NOTE:
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to EXL-321, "Description". N
CAUTION: O
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it to P
FRONT FOG LAMP BULB

FRONT FOG LAMP
3. Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and unlock it.
JPLIA0345ZZ

OPTICAL SENSOR
OPTICAL SENSOR
A
JSLIA0449ZZ
G
: Pawl
H
REMOVAL
I
tect from damage.
J
EXL
JMIIA2441ZZ
2. Disengage fixing pawls using a remover tool (A), and then pull M
up optical sensor.
CAUTION:
N
: Pawl
JSLIA0515ZZ P
INSTALLATION

REMOVAL
INSTALLATION

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
A
JSLIA0429ZZ
G
: Pawl
H
CAUTION:
Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the operation I
REMOVAL
J
With Audio Unit
2. Disconnect hazard switch harness connector. K
bly.
Without Audio Unit EXL
bly. M
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. N

DOOR MIRROR SIDE

For exploded view of the side turn signal lamp (door mirror side), refer to MIR-26, "Exploded View".
FRONT FENDER PANEL SIDE
JSLIA0430ZZ
Side turn signal lamp bulb Side turn signal lamp assembly
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Door Mirror Side
a. Remove side turn signal lamp fixing screws .
JSLIA0511ZZ

c. Remove side turn signal lamp from door mirror housing.
A
JSLIA0431ZZ
D
Front Fender Panel Side
1. Remove the side turn signal lamp in numerical order 1→2 as
shown in the figure. E
: Vehicle front (side turn signal lamp LH)

: Vehicle rear (side turn signal lamp RH)
F
JMLIA1302ZZ
H
2. Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
NOTE:
Support side turn signal lamp harness with tape so that it won't fall into the front fender.
I
INSTALLATION
Door Mirror Side
Install in the reverse order of removal. J
Front Fender Panel Side
1. Rotate the bulb socket clockwise and lock it.
K
2. Fix the pawl-side behind the side turn signal lamp housing first, then push the resin clip-side.
EXL
CAUTION:
tion for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-176, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". M
• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect N
DOOR MIRROR SIDE
CAUTION: O
Replacement of a single part is not possible due to the adoption of LED. For replacement, replace side
turn signal lamp as a set. Refer to EXL-330, "Removal and Installation".
FRONT FENDER PANEL SIDE P
1. Remove side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-330, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
2. Remove bulb from the bulb socket.

JMLIA6275GB
Torsion cross member assembly Auto levelizer control unit Rear axle housing assembly
: Vehicle front
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
CAUTION:
• Before replacing auto levelizer control unit, perform “READ CONFIGURATION” to save or print cur-
rent vehicle specification. Refer to EXL-258, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove auto levelizer control unit mounting bolts.
2. Disconnect auto levelizer control unit harness connector.
3. Remove auto levelizer control unit.
INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION” when replacing auto levelizer control unit. Or not
doing so, auto levelizer control function does not operate normally. Refer to EXL-258, "Description".
• Be sure to perform “SENSOR INITIALIZE” when replacing AFS control unit. Refer to EXL-261,
"Description".

A
REMOVAL B
JSLIA0432GB G

: Clip H
: Pawl
I
DISASSEMBLY J
EXL
JSLIA0433ZZ
O
P
CAUTION:

REMOVAL
1. Open tail gate.
JSLIA0434ZZ
JSLIA0435ZZ
: Clip
: Pawl
JSLIA0436ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:

2. Rotate rear turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it. A
BACK-UP LAMP BULB B
3. Remove back-up lamp bulb from back-up lamp bulb socket. C
EXL

JSLIA0437ZZ
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
JSLIA0438ZZ
JSLIA0518ZZ

INSTALLATION

A
CAUTION:
EXL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
With Rear Bumper
JSLIA0440ZZ
Without Rear Bumper
JSLIA0517ZZ
CAUTION:
REMOVAL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
numerical order 1→2 as shown in the figure. A
JSLIA0441ZZ
D
INSTALLATION E
F
CAUTION:
tion for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-176, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". G
• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned OFF to prevent burns. H
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB I
J
EXL
JSLIA0442ZZ
M

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [LED HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)]


Headlamp High —
LED
Headlamp Low —

APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
B
Vehicle type Service information C

Halogen headlamp with Intelligent Key HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)
Halogen headlamp without Intelligent Key HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)
D
EXL

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
WARNING:
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
connectors.
WARNING:
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following.

switch and wait at least 30 seconds.

K9K engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTi : 60 seconds
SEF289H
V9X engine : 4 minutes
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal
NOTE:

PRECAUTIONS
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON A
NOTE:
B
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error. C
EXL

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
JMLIA5706ZZ
Side turn signal lamp Side turn signal lamp * Headlamp (HI/LO)
Parking lamp Front turn signal lamp Front fog lamp
High-mounted stop lamp Stop lamp/Tail lamp Rear turn signal lamp
Back-up lamp License plate lamp
: With rear bumper
*: Not applicable

COMPONENT PARTS

Headlamp High 60 B
H4LL
Headlamp Low 55
Front turn signal lamp PY21W 21
C
Parking lamp W5W 5
Side turn signal lamp Door mirror side LED — D
E
High-mounted stop lamp LED — F
G
RHD MODELS
EXL

COMPONENT PARTS
JMLIA6194ZZ
Engine room (right side)

tions".

COMPONENT PARTS
A
• It also transmits a request to the combination meter (CAN communication) to B
• Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the combination meter via CAN C
communication.
communication.
• Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for D
Headlamp (HI/LO)
(Halogen headlamp) E
Front combination Refer to EXL-344, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-345, "Bulb Specifica-
Parking lamp
lamp tions".
Front turn signal
lamp F
Front fog lamp
tions".
Transmission range G
switch
Transmission as-
TCM • Refer to TM-413, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for H
• Controls the integrated relay, and supplies voltage to the load according to the
IPDM E/R request from BCM via CAN communication.
I
Door request switch Refer to DLK-19, "Door Request Switch". J

lamp lamp tions". K
Back-up lamp
License plate lamp EXL
tions".
M
Combination meter with integrated buzzer according to the request from BCM via CAN communi- N
cation.
• Combination meter transmits vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN communi-
cation.
O
P
*2: A/T models

COMPONENT PARTS
LHD MODELS
JMLIA6195ZZ

tions".
lamp.
Back-up lamp relay*
• Refer to PG-151, "LHD : Engine Room Harness" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
Headlamp (HI/LO)
(Halogen headlamp)
Parking lamp
lamp tions".
Front turn signal
lamp
Transmission range
switch
Transmission as-
sembly* • Controls the back-up lamp relay, and supplies voltage to the back-up lamp.
Combination meter • Blinks the turn signal indicator lamp and outputs the turn signal operating sound
with integrated buzzer according to the request from BCM via CAN communi-
cation.

COMPONENT PARTS
A
B
lamp lamp tions".
C
Back-up lamp
License plate lamp
tions". D

E
• It also transmits a request to the combination meter (CAN communication) to F
• Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the combination meter via CAN G
communication.
communication.
H
*: A/T models
I
Optical sensor converts the outside brightness (lux) to voltage and J

EXL
JMLIA4314ZZ
M
JMLIA2581GB

COMPONENT PARTS
JMLIA5226GB

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
HEADLAMP SYSTEM
B
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JMLIA3115GB
G
OUTLINE
Headlamp (LO) ON condition J
K
power supply to headlamp (LO).
HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION EXL
• BCM transmits the high beam request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communica-
tion according to the headlamp (HI) ON condition. At this time, BCM stops to transmit low beam request sig-
nal. M
N
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated headlamp high relay ON according to high beam request signal and supplies O
power supply to headlamp (HI).
• Combination meter turns the high beam indicator lamp ON according to the high beam request signal.
FOLLOW ME HOME FUNCTION (ONLY MODELS WITH AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM) P

SYSTEM
tion is operating.
NOTE:
SULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".

SYSTEM
EXL
JMLIA5741GB
P


SYSTEM

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5711GB
OUTLINE
Control by BCM
- Wiper linked auto lighting function
Control by IPDM E/R
- Relay control function
- Auto light function automatically turns ON/OFF the exterior lamps*, depending on the outside brightness.
switch is ON while ignition switch is in ON position and lighting switch is in AUTO position.
NOTE:
OFF).
AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION (WITH TWILIGHT LIGHTING FUNCTION)
• BCM receives the vehicle speed signal from combination meter via CAN communication and detects the
vehicle speed and the driving distance.

SYSTEM
judges ON/OFF condition of each exterior lamp, depending on the outside brightness condition (standard or A
twilight).
B
NOTE:
CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".
• As to ON/OFF timing, the sensitivity depends on settings. The settings can be changed using CONSULT. C
Refer to EXL-370, "HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".
BCM turns each exterior lamp ON when detecting 4 operations of the front wiper while the light switch is in D
AUTO position.
NOTE:
• BCM turns OFF the headlamps 3 seconds after the front wiper switch is turned OFF. E
LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".
FOG OVERRIDE FUNCTION (FACTORY SETTING IS OFF) F
*: Headlamp (LO/HI), front fog lamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp. G
NOTE:
• ON/OFF of fog override function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to INL-23, "INT LAMP : CONSULT
Function (BCM - INT LAMP)". H
EXL

SYSTEM
JMLIA6346GB

SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000011371269 A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B
F
JMLIA3117GB
OUTLINE
Turn signal lamp and the hazard warning lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and the G
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION H
I
warning lamp.
J
• BCM transmits the turn signal indicator lamp signal to the combination meter via CAN communication while
the turn signal lamp and the hazard warning lamp are operating. K
• Combination meter outputs the turn signal sound with the integrated buzzer while blinking the turn signal
indicator lamp according to the turn signal indicator lamp signal.
3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION EXL
M
• BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn sig- N
nal lamp operating.
NOTE:
O

SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000011371270
JMLIA6202GB

SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000011371271 A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B
F
JMLIA3187GB
OUTLINE
• BCM transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communi-
cation according to the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON condition.
I
- Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is ON. For details, refer to J
according to the position light request signal. K
• Combination meter turns the position lamp indicator lamp ON according to the position light request signal.
EXL

SYSTEM
JMLIA5750GB


SYSTEM

• Parking lamp
• Tail lamp
B
BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
H
JMLIA4317GB
OUTLINE
EXL

SYSTEM
JMLIA6203GB

SYSTEM
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3116GB F
OUTLINE

• BCM transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communi-
cation according to the front fog lamp ON condition.
J
• Combination meter turns the front fog lamp indicator lamp ON according to the front fog light request signal.
EXL

SYSTEM
JMLIA6349GB


SYSTEM

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM B

SYSTEM DIAGRAM C
H
JMLIA5492GB
OUTLINE
I
• BCM turns the exterior lamp* OFF, according to the vehicle status when ignition switch is turned OFF while
exterior lamp is ON, for preventing battery discharge. J
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, BCM turns the exterior lamps OFF (battery saver is acti- K
vated), when door lock operation is performed from outside the vehicle (Intelligent Key, door request switch)
or door lock operation is performed from auto door lock function.
- Ignition switch: OFF EXL
- Exterior lamp: ON
NOTE:
turned ON. M
• Ignition switch: OFF → ON
• Lighting switch is changed N

SYSTEM
JMLIA6350GB

DESIGN/PURPOSE

SYSTEM
the light reminder warning (information display) displays a warning in the information display to alert the driver. A
Symbol Message
B
C
Reminder Turn
OFF Headlights
D
JPNIA1880ZZ E

Synchronization is applied. F
NAL G
Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM H
EXL
JMLIA5761GB
M
SIGNAL PATH
• BCM judges light reminder warning (information display) by lighting switch signal and front door switch
(driver side) signal. BCM transmits buzzer output signal to combination meter via CAN communication. N
• When combination meter receives the buzzer output signal, light reminder warning pop-up screen appears
in the information display.
WARNING/INDICATOR OPERATING CONDITION O
• Ignition switch other than ON
• Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND P

SYSTEM
TIMING CHART
JMLIA4116GB

lamp* For function, refer to MWI-42, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Front Fog
dicator Lamp".
Position lamp indicator lamp For function, refer to MWI-54, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Position Lamp
Indicator Lamp".
dicator Lamp".
*: With front fog lamp
Item Reference
scription".
INFOID:0000000011371284
Item Reference
display) Warning (Information Display)".

A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) (With Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000011371335 B
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM. C

Work Support Changes the setting for each system function. D
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
E
Configuration
SYSTEM APPLICATION G
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items. H
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × × K
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
EXL
• Automatic A/C
AIR CONDITONER ×
• Manual A/C
• Intelligent Key system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × × M
• Engine start system
Body control system BCM × N
NATS IMMU × ×
— TRUNK* × O
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR* ×
P
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description

Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
SLEEP>LOCK
normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
SLEEP>OFF
normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
While turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle
RUN>ACC
is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
While turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN”
CRANK>RUN
(From cranking up the engine to run it)
While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-
RUN>URGENT
gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF Power supply position While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
status of the moment a
Vehicle Condition OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
particular DTC is de-
OFF>ACC tected* While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
ON>CRANK While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
OFF>SLEEP
tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK>SLEEP
tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK Power supply position is “LOCK”.
OFF Power supply position is “OFF”.
ACC Power supply position is “ACC”.
ON Power supply position is “IGN”
ENGINE RUN Power supply position is “RUN”.
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING”.
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected
• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
IGN Counter 0 - 39 • The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
NOTE:
*: Refer to the following for details at the power supply position.
• LOCK: Ignition switch OFF with steering locked
• OFF: Ignition switch OFF with steering unlocked
• ACC: Ignition switch ACC
• IGN: Ignition switch ON with engine stopped
• RUN: Ignition switch ON with engine running
• CRANKING: At engine cranking
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)
INFOID:0000000011371286
WORK SUPPORT


2 Normal
MODE1*
CUSTOM A/LIGHT SETTING*1 B
On*2 With the exterior lamp battery saver function C

BATTERY SAVER SET
MODE1 10 sec.
HEAD LIGHT TIMER*1 Sets follow me home function activating time D
MODE2*2 30 sec.

MODE2 With twilight ON custom & with wiper LO and HI E
F
1
* : Without auto light system, this item cannot be used. G
*2: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR H
NOTE:
I
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
PUSH SW
J
[On/Off]
ENGINE STATE
Indicates [STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN] condition of engine states K
[STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN]
VEH SPEED 1
Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [km/h]
[km/h]
TURN SIGNAL R EXL
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off] M
TAIL LAMP SW
[On/Off]
HI BEAM SW N
[On/Off]
HEAD LAMP SW 1
[On/Off] Each switch status that BCM judges from the combination switch reading function
O
HEAD LAMP SW 2
[On/Off]
PASSING SW P
[On/Off]
AUTO LIGHT SW*1

[On/Off]
FR FOG SW*2
[On/Off]

Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
DOOR SW-DR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-AS
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RL
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-BK NOTE:
OPTI SEN (DTCT)*1 The value of outside brightness voltage input from the optical sensor
[V]
OPTICAL SENSOR NOTE:
[On/Off/NG] This item cannot be monitored
*1: Without auto light system, this item cannot be monitored.

*2: Without front fog lamp, this item cannot be monitored.
ACTIVE TEST

• Transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to
turn the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON
On
TAIL LAMP • Transmits the position light request signal to combination meter via CAN commu-
nication to turn the position lamp indicator lamp ON
Off Stops the position light request signal transmission
turn the headlamp (HI) ON
HI
• Transmits the high beam request signal to combination meter via CAN communi-
cation to turn the high beam indicator lamp ON
HEAD LAMP
Transmits the low beam request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to turn
Low
Off Stops the high beam request signal and low beam request signal transmission
to turn the front fog lamp ON
On
FR FOG LAMP*1 • Transmits the front fog light request signal to combination meter via CAN commu-
nication to turn the front fog lamp indicator lamp ON
Off Stops the front fog light request signal transmission
Transmits the dimmer signal to combination meter via CAN communication and dims
On
ILL DIM SIGNAL*2 combination meter
Off Stops the dimmer signal transmission
*1: Without front fog lamp, this item cannot be tested.

FLASHER
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER) (Halogen Headlamp) INFOID:0000000011371287
WORK SUPPORT


Lock
With locking only
Only
Unlock Sets the hazard warning lamp answer back function when B
With unlocking only
HAZARD ANSWER BACK Only the door is lock/unlock with the door request switch and In-
Lock/ telligent Key
With locking/unlocking
Unlock* C
Off Without the function
*: Factory setting
D
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. E
Monitor item
Description
[Unit] F
REQ SW -DR
Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
[On/Off]
REQ SW -AS
Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side)
G
[On/Off]
PUSH SW
[On/Off] H
TURN SIGNAL R
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL L I
[On/Off]
HAZARD SW
[On/Off]
J
RKE-LOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
[On/Off]
RKE-UNLOCK K
Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key
[On/Off]
RKE-PANIC NOTE:
EXL
ACTIVE TEST
Test item Operation Description M

RH • Transmits the turn indicator signal to combination meter via CAN communication
to turn the turn signal indicator lamp (RH) ON N
FLASHER
LH • Transmits the turn indicator signal to combination meter via CAN communication
to turn the turn signal indicator lamp (LH) ON
O
Off
• Stops the turn indicator signal transmission

AUTO ACTIVE TEST

Description
• Rear window defogger
• Parking lamp
• Tail lamp
• Front fog lamp
Operation Procedure
NOTE:
• CONSULT is connected
2. Turn the ignition switch ON, and within 20 seconds, press the driver door switch 10 times. Then turn the
starts.
NOTE:
Engine starts when ignition switch is turned ON while brake pedal is depressed.
NOTE:
• When auto active test mode has to be cancelled halfway through test, turn the ignition switch OFF.
"DOUBLE CAB : Component Function Check" (double cab models) or DLK-122, "KING CAB :
Operation
sequence
• Parking lamp
• Front fog lamp
4 Headlamp LO for 10 seconds →HI ON ⇔ OFF 5 times

A
JMMIA1889GB F
• The auto active test facilitates troubleshooting if any systems controlled by IPDM E/R cannot be operated. G

H
Perform auto active test. • Rear window defogger I

• IPDM E/R J
• Parking lamp
• Lamp or motor ground circuit
K
• Tail lamp Does the applicable sys-
• Front wiper motor • IPDM E/R EXL
• Daytime running light relay M
R and daytime running light relay N
light
O
YES BCM and ECM
Perform auto active test. • CAN communication signal between P
NO
R and magnet clutch
• IPDM E/R

APPLICATION ITEM

Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor Item MAIN

Description
[Unit] SIGNALS
MOTOR FAN REQ NOTE:
×
×
TAIL&CLR REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
×
×
FR FOG REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
×
[Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi] munication.
WIP AUTO STOP
[STOP P/ACT P]
WIP PROT
[Off/BLOCK]
IGN RLY1 -REQ Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal received from BCM via CAN com-
IGN RLY
[Off/On]
PUSH SW
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
ST RLY CONT Displays the status of the starter relay status signal received from BCM via CAN com-
IHBT RLY -REQ Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN com-
ST/INHI RLY
Displays the status of the starter relay and starter control relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/ ST ON/INHI ON/UNKWN]

Monitor Item MAIN
Description
[Unit] SIGNALS A
DETENT SW
Displays the status of the A/T shift selector (detention switch) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
S/L RLY -REQ Displays the status of the steering lock relay signal received from BCM via CAN com- B
S/L STATE
Displays the status of the steering lock judged by IPDM E/R.
[LOCK/UNLK/UNKWN] C
OIL P SW D
[Open/Close]
HOOD SW NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. E
HL WASHER REQ NOTE:
THFT HRN REQ Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via F
HORN CHIRP NOTE:
G
ACTIVE TEST
Test item
H
I
Off OFF
REAR DEFOGGER
Off OFF J
1 K
2 NOTE:
MOTOR FAN
EXL
4
NOTE:
HEAD LAMP WASHER On
This item is indicated, but cannot be tested. M
Off OFF
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay. N
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Hi
intervals.
O
Fog Operates the front fog lamp relay.

BCM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

BCM, IPDM E/R
ECU Reference
BCS-60, "Fail-safe"
BCM
BCS-62, "DTC Index"
PCS-24, "DTC Index"

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
B
EXL
JRLWE7924GB

JRLWE7925GB

EXL
JRLWE7926GB

JRLWE7927GB

EXL
JRLWE7928GB

JRLWE7929GB

EXL
JRLWE7930GB

JRLWE7931GB

EXL
JRLWE7932GB

JRLWE7933GB

EXL
JRLWE7934GB

JRLWE7935GB

EXL
JRLWE7936GB

JRLWE7937GB

EXL
JRLWE7938GB

JRLWE7939GB

EXL
JRLWE7940GB

JRLWE7941GB

EXL
JRLWE7942GB

JRLWE7943GB

EXL
JRLWE7944GB

JRLWE7945GB

EXL
JRLWE8099GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
BASIC INSPECTION
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMKIA8652GB
DETAILED FLOW


B
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
- Erase DTC.
H
>> GO TO 5.
J
>> GO TO 6.
nosis order. EXL
NOTE:
M
this check.
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 7.
SULT.
YES >> GO TO 8.
ment.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
B
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION

With CONSULT C
3. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (HI) blinks. D
Hi : Headlamp (HI) blinks (ON/OFF is repeated 1 second each.)

Off : Headlamp (HI) OFF E
Without CONSULT
2. Check that the headlamp (HI) blinks. F
YES >> Headlamp (HI) circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to EXL-405, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) FUSE H

I

Headlamp (HI) RH #52 J
IPDM E/R 10A
YES >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) POWER SUPPLY EXL
With CONSULT
2. Select “EXTERNAL LAMPS” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. M
+
N
Connector Terminal
9 – 16 V O
Hi (Repeated 1
RH 5 second)
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V P

E60 Ground
LAMPS 9 – 16 V
Hi (Repeated 1
LH 6 second)
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and headlamp connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and headlamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R Headlamp

Continuity
RH 5 E40
E60 3 Existed
LH 6 E39
YES >> Replace the corresponding headlamp bulb. Refer to EXL-445, "Replacement".

A

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
G


IPDM E/R 15A
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
With CONSULT
M
+
Lo 9 – 16 V
RH 8
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground O
LAMPS Lo 9 – 16 V
LH 7
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.

IPDM E/R Headlamp

Continuity
RH 8 E40
E60 1 Existed
LH 7 E39

HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT B

2. Disconnect headlamp connector.
3. Check continuity between headlamp harness connector and ground. C
Headlamp
— Continuity
RH E40
2 Ground Existed
LH E39
E
EXL


YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Symptom
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 4.

YES >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

+ A
Connector Terminal
B
E62 34 Ground
LAMPS Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 4.

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and parking lamp connector.
E
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and parking lamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R Parking lamp

Continuity F
RH 34 E19
E62 1 Existed
LH 33 E18 G
YES >> GO TO 5.

Check continuity between parking lamp harness connector and ground. I
Parking lamp
— Continuity
RH E19
2 Ground Existed
LH E18
K
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK PARKING LAMP BULB
Check the applicable parking lamp bulb.
M
YES >> Check the corresponding parking lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding parking lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-445, "Replacement".
N

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT

With CONSULT
TAIL : Tail lamp ON

Off : Tail lamp OFF
Without CONSULT
1.CHECK FUSE

• Parking lamp LH
• Tail lamp RH
• Tail lamp LH IPDM E/R #68 10A
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
E62 33 Ground
LAMPS Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
IPDM E/R Rear combination lamp A

Continuity
RH T5
E62 33 1 Existed B
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK TAIL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
D

— Continuity E
Connector Terminal
RH T5
6 Ground Existed
LH T6 F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. G
5.CHECK STOP LAMP / TAIL LAMP BULB

Check the applicable stop lamp / tail lamp bulb. H
YES >> Check the corresponding stop lamp / tail lamp bulb socket and harness. Repair or replace if nec-
essary. I
EXL


YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT

With rear bumper

Continuity
RH T23
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T22
Without rear bumper

Continuity
RH T4
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T3
YES >> GO TO 2.

With rear bumper

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T23
2 Ground Existed B
LH T22
Without rear bumper

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T4
2 Ground Existed D
LH T3
YES >> GO TO 3. E
F
EXL





YES >> GO TO 2.
+
IPDM E/R - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E60 14 Ground 6 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
3
E60 14 E50 Existed
1
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
+
Voltage (Ap- E
prox.)
Connector Terminal
R range 0V F
YES >> GO TO 8. G
tion". H
I
J
Continuity
K
F7 7 E50 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7. EXL
M
1. Remove joint connector. Refer to TM-615, "Exploded View".
N
Continuity
Terminal Terminal
7 7 Existed O
YES >> Replace control valve & TCM. Refer to TM-616, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace joint connector. P
nector.


Continuity
RH T5
E50 5 5 Existed
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 9.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5
3 Ground Existed
LH T6
YES >> GO TO 10.

Back-up lamp relay

Terminal
Apply Existed
3 5 Battery voltage

A

With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
G


J
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
+ M
Connector Terminal
Fog 9 – 16 V N
RH 12
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground
LH 9 O
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3. P


Continuity
RH 12 E31
E60 1 Existed
LH 9 E30
YES >> GO TO 4.
Front fog lamp

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E31
2 Ground Existed
LH E30

A

With CONSULT
D
G
With CONSULT
- Door mirror
I
5. Select “FLASHER” in “Active Test” mode. J
6. With operating the test items, check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
+ K
BCM - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
EXL
RH 9 – 16 V
RH 61
Off 0V
M10 Ground FLASHER
LH 9 – 16 V M
LH 60
Off 0V
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT) O
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
P
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 61
LH 60

3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and each turn signal lamp harness connector.
BCM Front turn signal lamp

Continuity
RH 61 E58
M10 1 Existed
LH 60 E57
BCM Door mirror

Continuity
RH 61 D23
M10 13 Existed
LH 60 D3
BCM Door mirror

Continuity
RH 61 D34
M10 13 Existed
LH 60 D11
BCM Rear combination lamp

Continuity
RH 61 T5
M10 2 Existed
LH 60 T6
YES >> GO TO 4.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E58
2 Ground Existed
LH E57
Door mirror
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH D23
14 Ground Existed
LH D3

Door mirror A
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH D34
14 Ground Existed B
LH D11
Rear combination lamp C

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5
3 Ground Existed D
LH T6
YES-1 >> Front turn signal lamp or rear turn signal lamp: GO TO 5. E
YES-2 >> Side turn signal lamp: Replace the corresponding side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-451,
"Removal and Installation".
YES-2 >> Rear turn signal lamp: Check the corresponding rear turn signal lamp bulb socket and harness. H
signal lamp) or EXL-453, "Replacement" (rear turn signal lamp). I
EXL

OPTICAL SENSOR
OPTICAL SENSOR

With CONSULT
5. With the optical sensor illuminating, check the monitor status.
Voltage
(Approx.)
OPTI SEN (DTCT)
1.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

+
Optical sensor - Voltage
Connector Terminal
M91 1 Ground 4.65 – 5.5 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
+
Voltage
Optical sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M91 3 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.

OPTICAL SENSOR
+ A
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B
M91 2 Ground
YES >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN) D

E
Optical sensor BCM

Continuity F
M91 1 M8 17 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT) H

I
Optical sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M91 1 Ground Not existed J
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EXL
M
Optical sensor BCM
Continuity
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
Optical sensor BCM

Continuity
M91 2 M8 14 Existed

OPTICAL SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 8.
Optical sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
A
1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL B

With CONSULT
D
ON On
HAZARD SW Hazard switch E
OFF Off
YES >> Hazard switch circuit is normal. F
G
2. Disconnect hazard switch connector. H
+ I
Connector Terminal
J
M37 2 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
EXL
2. Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
M
Hazard switch BCM
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. O
P
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal

HAZARD SWITCH
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> Replace hazard switch. Refer to EXL-450, "Removal and Installation".

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
B
NOTE:
DTC is detected. C

• Fuse D
• Headlamp (HI) power supply cir- Headlamp (HI) circuit
One side cuit Refer to EXL-405, "Component Func-
Headlamp (HI) is not turned • Headlamp (HI/LO) bulb tion Check".
E
ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Refer to EXL-433, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Combination meter
[Headlamp (HI) is turned ON] • BCM (HEAD LAMP) G
• Fuse
• Headlamp (LO) power supply cir- Headlamp (LO) circuit
H
Headlamp (LO) is not • Headlamp (HI/LO) bulb tion Check".
turned ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis I

Headlamp ground circuit J
• Headlamp (HI/LO) bulb
dure".
K
Each lamp is not turned ON/OFF with lighting switch • BCM
AUTO • Optical sensor power supply/ EXL
Optical sensor
• Optical sensor
tion Check".
• BCM
M
• Fuse
Parking lamp RH is not ground circuit
turned ON • Parking lamp bulb N
• Parking lamp bulb socket
• IPDM E/R Parking lamp circuit
ON • Parking lamp power supply/ O
tion Check".
ground circuit
Parking lamp LH is not • Parking lamp power supply/
turned ON ground circuit
• Parking lamp bulb P
• Fuse
Tail lamp circuit
circuit
tion Check".
• IPDM E/R

ground circuit
tion Check".
Symptom diagnosis
turned ON
• BCM (HEAD LAMP)
turned ON)
• Fuse
ground circuit
tion Check".
ness
• Joint connector
• Fuse
ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Combination meter
ply/ground circuit
- BCM
• Side turn signal lamp
Indicator lamp is normal - Side turn signal lamp power sup-
(Applicable side per- ply/ground circuit
forms high flasher activa- - Side turn signal lamp
tion Check".
Turn signal lamp does not tion) - BCM
blink • Rear turn signal lamp
ply/ground circuit
harness
- BCM
• BCM

A
• Turn indicator signal
Both sides Data monitor “TURN IND”
• BCM B
(Always) • BCM (FLASHER)
Turn signal indicator lamp • Combination meter
does not blink
(Turn signal lamp is normal) Combination meter
Both sides
• Combination meter power supply/ Power supply and ground circuit C
(Only when activating
ground circuit Refer to MWI-254, "COMBINATION
hazard warning lamp
• Combination meter METER (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
with ignition switch OFF)
SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure".
D
cuit
• Hazard switch
• BCM E
EXL

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

is normal.

A

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

HL HI REQ
(2ND) LO Off
H
I
EXL



YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

2ND On
OFF Off

A

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

1ST On G
OFF Off
I
EXL


YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

FR FOG REQ

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
LHD MODELS
B

NOTE:
replaced.
gage room.)
NOTE: F
CAUTION: G
EXL
JSLIA0443ZZ M
Headlamp LH (UP/DOWN) Headlamp LH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE) Headlamp RH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE)

N
adjustment screw
: Vehicle front
O

Clockwise UP P
Clockwise INSIDE
Counterclockwise OUTSIDE
Clockwise INSIDE

Clockwise UP

NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Elbow point
Headlamp center
JSLIA0030ZZ
JSLIA0031ZZ


Unit: mm (in)
C
RHD MODELS D
E
NOTE:
replaced.
gage room.) H
NOTE:
CAUTION:
J
EXL
O
JSLIA0443ZZ

adjustment screw
: Vehicle front


Clockwise UP
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise UP

NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Elbow point
Headlamp center
JSLIA0028ZZ
JSLIA0029ZZ

B
Unit: mm (in)
D

EXL


NOTE:
gage room.)
NOTE:
CAUTION:
: UP
: DOWN
figure.
NOTE:
for adjustment.
JMLIA3426ZZ


NOTE:
screen.
NOTE:
CAUTION:

A
: Cutoff line
C
JPLIA0008ZZ
D
E
EXL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]

REMOVAL
JSLIA0421GB
DISASSEMBLY
JSLIA0422ZZ
Front combination lamp Headlamp bulb (HI/LO) Back cover

Parking lamp bulb socket Parking lamp bulb Retaining spring
Bumper bracket Front turn signal lamp bulb socket Front turn signal lamp bulb
CAUTION:

for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-342, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". A
REMOVAL
B
C
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: D
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to the following.
E
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the opera- F
• After installing the bulb, install the back cover and the bulb socket securely for watertightness.
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it to G
• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect H
HEADLAMP BULB (HI/LO)
1. Disconnect headlamp bulb harness connector. I
2. Remove the back cover.
3. Release the retaining spring lock and then remove the headlamp bulb from front combination lamp.
J
PARKING LAMP BULB
1. Rotate the parking lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
2. Remove parking lamp bulb from the bulb socket. K
EXL
M
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove front combination lamp bracket fixing screws, and then remove front combination lamp bracket.
2. Remove the back cover. N
3. Release the retaining spring lock, and then remove the headlamp bulb from the front combination lamp.
4. Rotate parking lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it.
O
5. Remove parking lamp bulb from parking lamp bulb socket.
6. Rotate front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it.
7. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb from the front turn signal lamp bulb socket. P
ASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
After installing the bulb, install the back cover and the bulb socket securely for water tightness.

FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP
JSLIA0427GB
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
FRONT FOG LAMP BULB

FRONT FOG LAMP
JPLIA0345ZZ
EXL

OPTICAL SENSOR
OPTICAL SENSOR
JSLIA0449ZZ

: Pawl
REMOVAL
tect from damage.
JMIIA2441ZZ
up optical sensor.
CAUTION:
: Pawl
JSLIA0515ZZ

INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
INSTALLATION C
EXL

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
JSLIA0429ZZ

: Pawl
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
With Audio Unit
bly.
Without Audio Unit
bly.
INSTALLATION

A
For exploded view of the side turn signal lamp, refer to MIR-26, "Exploded View". B
REMOVAL C
CAUTION:
for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-342, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". D
a. Remove side turn signal lamp fixing screws . E
JSLIA0511ZZ
H

c. Remove side turn signal lamp from door mirror housing. I
JSLIA0431ZZ EXL
INSTALLATION
M
CAUTION:
N
side turn signal lamp as a set. Refer to EXL-451, "Removal and Installation". O

REMOVAL
JSLIA0432GB

: Clip
: Pawl
DISASSEMBLY
JSLIA0433ZZ
CAUTION:

REMOVAL
1. Open tail gate. A
B
D
JSLIA0434ZZ
3. Apply protective tape (A) on the part to protect it from damage. E
JSLIA0435ZZ
H
rear combination lamp towards vehicle rear by disengaging clips I
: Clip
J
: Pawl
JSLIA0436ZZ
EXL
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. M
CAUTION: N
O
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one. P

2. Rotate rear turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it.
BACK-UP LAMP BULB
3. Remove back-up lamp bulb from back-up lamp bulb socket.

A
JSLIA0437ZZ
G

H
CAUTION:
Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the operation I
REMOVAL
J
K
EXL
JSLIA0438ZZ
N
JSLIA0518ZZ

INSTALLATION

CAUTION:
high-mounted stop lamp assembly as a set. Refer to EXL-455, "Removal and Installation".

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
A
With Rear Bumper B
JSLIA0440ZZ
G
Without Rear Bumper

H
EXL
JSLIA0517ZZ M

N
CAUTION:
Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the operation O
REMOVAL
P

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
numerical order 1→2 as shown in the figure.
JSLIA0441ZZ

INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB
JSLIA0442ZZ

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

B

C
Headlamp High 60
H4LL
Headlamp Low 55
Front turn signal lamp PY21W 21 D
Parking lamp W5W 5
E
Rear combination lamp Rear turn signal lamp PY21W 21 F
High-mounted stop lamp LED — G
EXL

APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

APPLICATION NOTICE
Vehicle type Service information

Halogen headlamp with Intelligent Key HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 1)
Halogen headlamp without Intelligent Key HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
WARNING: D
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
F
connectors. G
WARNING: H
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following. K

switch and wait at least 30 seconds. EXL
M
K9K engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTi : 60 seconds N
SEF289H
V9X engine : 4 minutes O
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal P
NOTE:

PRECAUTIONS
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
NOTE:
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.

COMPONENT PARTS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
B
EXL
N
JMLIA6225ZZ
Side turn signal lamp Side turn signal lamp

Headlamp (HI/LO) O
Parking lamp Front turn signal lamp Front fog lamp/Daytime running light
High-mounted stop lamp Stop lamp/Tail lamp Rear turn signal lamp
P
Back-up lamp License plate lamp
: With rear bumper
: Cab-Chassis models

COMPONENT PARTS

Headlamp High 60
H4LL
Headlamp Low 55
Front turn signal lamp PY21W 21
Parking lamp W5W 5
Daytime running light PS19W 19
RHD MODELS

COMPONENT PARTS
EXL
N
JMLIA6342ZZ
Engine room (right side) Front combination lamp (back) Fuse block (J/B) O
Vehicle front
P

COMPONENT PARTS
ECM*4 • Refer to EC-762, "YS23DDTT : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location.
Headlamp (HI/LO)
(Halogen headlamp)
Parking lamp
lamp tions".
Front turn signal
lamp
Daytime running light*4 Refer to EXL-463, "Exterior Lamp Appearance" and EXL-464, "Bulb Specifica-
tions".
Front fog lamp*5
Refer to TM-116, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch"
Transmission range
(RE7R01A) or TM-418, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch"
switch
(RE7R01B).
Transmission as-
• Refer to TM-114, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
TCM
(RE7R01A) or TM-413, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
(RE7R01B) for detailed installation location.
Remote keyless entry receiver*7 Refer to DLK-251, "Remote Keyless Entry Receiver".
lamp*8 lamp tions".
Back-up lamp
License plate lamp*8 tions".
Ignition key cylinder
(Key switch)
Refer to BCS-105, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM : System De-
Headlamp aiming switch*9 scription".
• It also transmits a request to the meter control unit to turn indicator lamp and
Combination meter switch condition.
• Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the meter control unit.
• Requests the turn signal operating sound ON to the meter control unit.
Meter control unit
lamp*10 lamp tions".
Back-up lamp

COMPONENT PARTS
A
License plate lamp*10 tions".
Back-up lamp relay*6 lamp. B
Front combination Headlamp aiming
lamp motor*9
C
Daytime running light relay*4 daytime running light.
*1: With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type D
*4: With daytime running light system E
*6: A/T models
*7: With remote keyless entry system F
*8: Except Cab-Chassis models
*9: With headlamp aiming control system (MANUAL)
G
*10: Cab-Chassis models
LHD MODELS
H
EXL
P
JMLIA6197ZZ


COMPONENT PARTS
lamp.
Back-up lamp relay*4 • Refer to PG-151, "LHD : Engine Room Harness" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
Headlamp (HI/LO)
(Halogen headlamp)
Parking lamp
lamp tions".
Front turn signal
lamp
Front fog lamp*5 tions".
Transmission range
switch
Transmission as-
• It also transmits a request to the meter control unit to turn indicator lamp and
Combination meter switch condition.
• Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the meter control unit.
• Requests the turn signal operating sound ON to the meter control unit.
Meter control unit
lamp lamp tions".
Back-up lamp
License plate lamp
tions".
Remote keyless entry receiver*6 Refer to DLK-251, "Remote Keyless Entry Receiver".

Ignition key cylinder
(Key switch)
*1: With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type
*4: A/T models
*6: With remote keyless entry system

COMPONENT PARTS
A
• Headlamp aiming motor is integrated in the front combination B

lamp.
• Headlamp aiming motor adjusts the headlamp light axis upward
and downward according to input drive signal from headlamp aim-
ing switch. C
JMLIA4649ZZ
E
Optical sensor converts the outside brightness (lux) to voltage and F

JMLIA4314ZZ I
EXL
JMLIA2581GB
M
Headlamp Aiming Switch INFOID:0000000012149420
Adjusts height of headlamp aiming. N
JMLIA6343ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
JMLIA5226GB

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
HEADLAMP SYSTEM
B
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JMLIA3119GB
G
OUTLINE
Headlamp (LO) ON condition J
K
HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION EXL
• BCM transmits the high beam request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to the head-
lamp (HI) ON condition, and requests meter control unit to turn high beam indicator lamp ON. At this time,
BCM stops to transmit low beam request signal. M
N
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated headlamp high relay ON according to high beam request signal and supplies O
power supply to headlamp (HI).
• Meter control unit turns high beam indicator lamp ON according to the request from BCM.
FOLLOW ME HOME FUNCTION (ONLY MODELS WITH AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM) P

SYSTEM
tion is operating.
NOTE:
SULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".

SYSTEM
A
EXL
P
JMLIA5742GB

SYSTEM
JMLIA6205GB


SYSTEM

B
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
JMLIA6214GB
I
OUTLINE
J
Control by BCM
Control by IPDM E/R
NOTE:
OFF).
• BCM receives the vehicle speed signal from combination meter and detects the vehicle speed and the driv-
ing distance.

SYSTEM
twilight).
NOTE:
CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".
Refer to EXL-498, "HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".
AUTO position.
NOTE:
LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".
NOTE:
• ON/OFF of fog override function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to INL-111, "INT LAMP : CON-
SULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP)".

SYSTEM
A
EXL
P
JMLIA6362GB

SYSTEM
JMLIA6353GB

SYSTEM
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5713GB F
OUTLINE
function of BCM, and relay control function of IPDM E/R. G

nication).
the daytime running light ON condition. I

J
• IPDM E/R turns the daytime running light relay ON, and turns the daytime running light ON according to the K
EXL

SYSTEM
JMLIA6363GB


SYSTEM

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL (MANUAL) B

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL (MANUAL) : System Description INFOID:0000000012149421
The headlamp levelizer adjusts the headlamp light axis upward and downward with the headlamp aiming C
motor integrated in the front combination lamp.
D
INFOID:0000000011371387
SYSTEM DIAGRAM E
JMLIA3121GB
J
OUTLINE
Turn signal lamp and the hazard warning lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and the
K
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION
• BCM supplies voltage to the right (left) turn signal lamp circuit when the ignition switch is ON and the turn EXL
BCM supplies voltage to both turn signal lamp circuit when the hazard switch is ON. BCM blinks the hazard M
warning lamp.
• BCM requests meter control unit to blinks turn signal indicator lamp while the turn signal lamp and the haz- N
ard warning lamp are operating.
• BCM requests meter control unit to outputs turn signal operating sound while the turn signal lamp and the
hazard warning lamp are operating. O
• Meter control unit blinks turn signal indicator lamp and outputs turn signal operating sound with the inte-
grated buzzer according to the request from BCM.
3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION P
• BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn sig-
nal lamp operating.

SYSTEM
NOTE:
INFOID:0000000011371388
JMLIA6364GB

SYSTEM
A
EXL
JMLIA6211GB
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM P

SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000011371389
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA6365GB
OUTLINE
Parking, license plate and tail lamps are controlled by combination switch reading function and headlamp con-
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS OPERATION
• BCM transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to the park-
ing, license plate and tail lamps ON condition, and requests meter control unit to turn position lamp indicator
lamp ON*.
- Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is ON. For details, refer to
according to the position light request signal.
• Meter control unit turns position lamp indicator lamp ON according to the request from BCM*.

SYSTEM
A
EXL
P
JMLIA6366GB

SYSTEM
JMLIA6213GB


SYSTEM

• Parking lamp
• Tail lamp
B
BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
H
JMLIA4317GB
OUTLINE
EXL

SYSTEM
JMLIA6203GB

SYSTEM
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3120GB F
OUTLINE

• BCM transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to the front
fog lamp ON condition, and requests meter control unit to turn front fog lamp indicator lamp ON.
J
• Meter control unit turns the front fog lamp indicator lamp ON according to the request from BCM.
EXL

SYSTEM
JMLIA6367GB

SYSTEM
A
EXL
JMLIA6358GB
P


SYSTEM

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3123GB
OUTLINE
• BCM turns the exterior lamp* OFF, according to the vehicle status when key switch is turned OFF while exte-
rior lamp is ON, for preventing battery discharge.
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, BCM turns the exterior lamps OFF (battery saver is acti-
vated), when door lock operation is performed from outside the vehicle (keyfob) or door lock operation is
performed from auto door lock function.
- Key switch: OFF
- Exterior lamp: ON
NOTE:
turned ON.
• Key switch: OFF → ON
• Lighting switch is changed

SYSTEM
A
EXL
P
JMLIA6368GB

SYSTEM
JMLIA6359GB

DESIGN/PURPOSE

SYSTEM
the light reminder warning (information display) displays a warning in the information display to alert the driver. A
Symbol Message
B
C
Reminder Turn
OFF Headlights
D
JPNIA1880ZZ E

Synchronization is applied. F
NAL G
Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM H
JMLIA6361GB K
SIGNAL PATH
• BCM judges light reminder warning (information display) by lighting switch signal and front door switch EXL
(driver side) signal. BCM requests meter control unit to sounds warning buzzer.
• Meter control unit displays light reminder warning pop-up screen appears in the information display accord-
ing to the request from BCM. M
• Ignition switch other than ON N
WARNING/INDICATOR CANCEL CONDITION O
• Lighting switch other than 1ST or 2ND P

SYSTEM
TIMING CHART
JMLIA4116GB

lamp*1 For function, refer to MWI-42, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Front Fog
dicator Lamp".
Position lamp indicator
lamp*2 For function, refer to MWI-54, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Position Lamp
Indicator Lamp".
dicator Lamp".

Item Reference
scription".
INFOID:0000000011863208
Item Reference
display)* Warning (Information Display)".

A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) (Without Intelligent
B
Key) INFOID:0000000011371396
APPLICATION ITEM
C
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

D
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. E
Configuration
G
SYSTEM APPLICATION
NOTE: H
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × ×
K
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×

Wiper and washer WIPER × × × EXL
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
Manual air conditioning
AIR CONDITONER ×
Manual cooling M
Body control system BCM ×
NATS IMMU × × ×
N

— TRUNK* ×
O
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × × P
— PANIC ALARM* ×
*: This item is displayed, but is not used.

HEADLAMP

HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)
INFOID:0000000011371397
WORK SUPPORT
Service item Setting item Setting
On*2 With the exterior lamp battery saver function

BATTERY SAVER SET
2 Normal
MODE1*
CUSTOM A/LIGHT SETTING*1
MODE1 10 sec.
HEAD LIGHT TIMER*1 Sets follow me home function activating time
MODE2*2 30 sec.

MODE2 With twilight ON custom & with wiper LO and HI
*1: Without auto light system, this item cannot be used.

*2: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
IGN ON SW
[On/Off]
ACC ON SW
Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ACC position
[On/Off]
HI BEAM SW
[On/Off]
HEAD LAMP SW 1
[On/Off]
HEAD LAMP SW 2
[On/Off]
TAIL LAMP SW
[On/Off]
AUTO LIGHT SW*1
[On/Off]
PASSING SW
[On/Off]
FR FOG SW*2
[On/Off]
RR FOG SW*3
[On/Off]

Monitor item
Description
[Unit] A
DOOR SW-DR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-AS B
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RR
[On/Off] C
DOOR SW-RL
[On/Off]
BACK DOOR SW NOTE: D
TURN SIGNAL R
[On/Off] E
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off]
KEY ON SW F
Indicates [On/Off] condition of key switch
[On/Off]
KEYLESS LOCK*4 Indicates [On/Off] condition of lock signal from keyfob

[On/Off] G
PKB SW NOTE:
ENGINE RUN H
The engine status received from ECM using CAN communication
[On/Off]
VEHICLE SPEED
Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h]
[km/h] I
1
OPTI SEN (DTCT)* The value of outside brightness voltage input from the optical sensor
[V]
OPTI SEN (FILT) NOTE: J
LIG SEN COND NOTE:
[On/Off/NG] This item cannot be monitored K
1
* : Without auto light system, this item cannot be monitored.
*2: Without front fog lamp, this item cannot be monitored.
EXL
*3: This item cannot be monitored.
*4: Without remote keyless entry system, this item cannot be monitored.
ACTIVE TEST M

• Transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to N
On turn the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON
TAIL LAMP • BCM requests meter control unit to position lamp indicator lamp ON
• Stops the position light request signal transmission O
Off
• Stops the request to position lamp indicator lamp OFF
HI turn the headlamp (HI) ON
• BCM requests meter control unit to turn high beam indicator lamp ON P
HEAD LAMP Transmits the low beam request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication to turn
Low
• Stops the high beam request signal and low beam request signal transmission
Off
• Stops the request to turn high beam indicator lamp OFF

On to turn the front fog lamp ON
FR FOG LAMP*1 • BCM requests meter control unit to turn front fog lamp indicator lamp ON
• Stops the front fog light request signal transmission
Off
• Stop the request to turn front fog lamp indicator lamp OFF
On NOTE:
RR FOG LAMP
Off This item is displayed, but cannot be tested
On
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 2 cation to turn the daytime running light ON
On BCM requests meter control unit to dims combination meter
ILL DIM SIGNAL*3
Off Stops the request to dims combination meter OFF
1
* : Without front fog lamp, this item cannot be tested.
*2: Without daytime running light system, this item cannot be tested.
FLASHER
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER) (Halogen Headlamp) INFOID:0000000011371398
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
IGN ON SW
[On/Off]
HAZARD SW
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL R
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off]
ACTIVE TEST

RH
• BCM requests meter control unit to turn signal indicator lamp (RH) ON
FLASHER LH
• BCM requests meter control unit to turn signal indicator lamp (LH) ON
Off
• Stops the request to turn the turn signal indicator lamp OFF

A
AUTO ACTIVE TEST B

Description
• Rear window defogger C
• Parking lamp
• License plate lamp D
• Tail lamp
• Front fog lamp
• Daytime running light* E
Operation Procedure F
NOTE:
• CONSULT is connected G
2. Turn the ignition switch ON, and within 20 seconds, press the driver door switch 10 times. Then turn the H
starts. I
NOTE:
• When auto active test mode has to be cancelled halfway through test, turn the ignition switch OFF. J
"DOUBLE CAB : Component Function Check" (double cab models) or DLK-337, "DOUBLE CAB :
K
EXL
Operation
sequence
M
• Parking lamp
• License plate lamp N
• Front fog lamp
4 Headlamp LO for 10 seconds →HI ON ⇔ OFF 5 times O
P

JMMIA1889GB
• The auto active test facilitates troubleshooting if any systems controlled by IPDM E/R cannot be operated.

Perform auto active test. • Rear window defogger

• IPDM E/R
• Parking lamp
• Tail lamp Does the applicable sys- • Lamp or motor ground circuit
• Front wiper motor • IPDM E/R

R and daytime running light relay
light
YES BCM and ECM
Perform auto active test. • CAN communication signal between
NO
R and magnet clutch
• IPDM E/R

A
APPLICATION ITEM
B
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R. C
D

E
DATA MONITOR
NOTE: F
Monitor Item MAIN G

Description
[Unit] SIGNALS
MOTOR FAN REQ NOTE:
× H
×
TAIL&CLR REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN I
×
×
[Off/On] munication. J
×
FR FOG REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN K
×
×
[Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi] munication. EXL
WIP AUTO STOP
[STOP P/ACT P]
WIP PROT M
[Off/BLOCK]
IGN RLY
[Off/On] N
ST RLY REQ Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN com- O
P
OIL P SW
[Open/Close]
HOOD SW NOTE:
HL WASHER REQ NOTE:

Monitor Item MAIN
Description
[Unit] SIGNALS
THFT HRN REQ Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via
HORN CHIRP NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST
Test item

Off OFF
REAR DEFOGGER
Off OFF
1
2 NOTE:
MOTOR FAN
4
NOTE:
HEAD LAMP WASHER On
Off OFF
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay.
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Hi
intervals.
NOTE:
Fog

BCM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

BCM, IPDM E/R
B
ECU Reference
C
BCS-150, "Fail-safe"
BCM
BCS-151, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" D
BCS-151, "DTC Index"
E
PCS-58, "DTC Index"
EXL

WIRING DIAGRAM
JRLWE7946GB

EXL
JRLWE7947GB

JRLWE7948GB

EXL
JRLWE7949GB

JRLWE7950GB

EXL
JRLWE7951GB

JRLWE7952GB

EXL
JRLWE7953GB

JRLWE7954GB

EXL
JRLWE7955GB

JRLWE7956GB

EXL
JRLWE7957GB

JRLWE7958GB

EXL
JRLWE7959GB

JRLWE7960GB

EXL
JRLWE7961GB

JRLWE7962GB

EXL
JRLWE7963GB

JRLWE7964GB

EXL
JRLWE7965GB

JRLWE7966GB

EXL
JRLWE7967GB

JRLWE7968GB

EXL
JRLWE7969GB

BASIC INSPECTION
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMKIA8652GB
DETAILED FLOW


B
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
- Erase DTC.
H
>> GO TO 5.
J
>> GO TO 6.
nosis order. EXL
NOTE:
M
this check.
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 7.
SULT.
YES >> GO TO 8.
ment.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
B
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION

With CONSULT C
3. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (HI) blinks. D
Hi : Headlamp (HI) blinks (ON/OFF is repeated 1 second each.)

Off : Headlamp (HI) OFF E
Without CONSULT
2. Check that the headlamp (HI) blinks. F
YES >> Headlamp (HI) circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to EXL-533, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) FUSE H

I

Headlamp (HI) RH #52 J
IPDM E/R 10A
YES >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) POWER SUPPLY EXL
With CONSULT
2. Select “EXTERNAL LAMPS” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. M
+
N
Connector Terminal
9 – 16 V O
Hi (Repeated 1
RH 5 second)
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V P

E60 Ground
LAMPS 9 – 16 V
Hi (Repeated 1
LH 6 second)
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.

IPDM E/R Headlamp

Continuity
RH 5 E40
E60 3 Existed
LH 6 E39

A

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
G


IPDM E/R 15A
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
With CONSULT
M
+
Lo 9 – 16 V
RH 8
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground O
LAMPS Lo 9 – 16 V
LH 7
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.

IPDM E/R Headlamp

Continuity
RH 8 E40
E60 1 Existed
LH 7 E39

A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT B

2. Disconnect headlamp connector.
3. Check continuity between headlamp harness connector and ground. C
Headlamp
— Continuity
RH E40
2 Ground Existed
LH E39
E
EXL


YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Symptom
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 4.

YES >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

+ A
Connector Terminal
B
E62 34 Ground
LAMPS Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 4.

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and parking lamp connector.
E
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and parking lamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R Parking lamp

Continuity F
RH 34 E19
E62 1 Existed
LH 33 E18 G
YES >> GO TO 5.

Check continuity between parking lamp harness connector and ground. I
Parking lamp
— Continuity
RH E19
2 Ground Existed
LH E18
K
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK PARKING LAMP BULB
Check the applicable parking lamp bulb.
M
YES >> Check the corresponding parking lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding parking lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-581, "Replacement".
N

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT

With CONSULT
TAIL : Tail lamp ON

Off : Tail lamp OFF
Without CONSULT
1.CHECK FUSE

• Parking lamp LH
• Tail lamp RH
• Tail lamp LH IPDM E/R #68 10A
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
E62 33 Ground
LAMPS Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
Except Cab-Chassis models
IPDM E/R Rear combination lamp A

Continuity
RH T5
E62 33 1 Existed B
LH T6
Cab-Chassis models
IPDM E/R Rear combination lamp C

Continuity
RH T10
E62 33 1 Existed D
LH T9
YES >> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK TAIL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
F
Rear combination lamp G

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5
6 Ground Existed H
LH T6
Cab-Chassis models
Rear combination lamp I

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T10
6 Ground Existed J
LH T9
YES >> GO TO 5. K
5.CHECK STOP LAMP / TAIL LAMP BULB
Check the applicable stop lamp / tail lamp bulb. EXL
YES >> Check the corresponding stop lamp / tail lamp bulb socket and harness. Repair or replace if nec-
M
essary.


YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT

With rear bumper

Continuity
RH T23
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T22
Without rear bumper

Continuity
RH T4
E62 33 1 Existed
LH T3
YES >> GO TO 2.

With rear bumper

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T23
2 Ground Existed B
LH T22
Without rear bumper

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T4
2 Ground Existed D
LH T3
YES >> GO TO 3. E
F
EXL


With CONSULT



10A
YES >> GO TO 2.
+
Terminal
OFF
ON
OFF 0–1V
Coil upstream side
ON 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.


With CONSULT
+
D
Connector Terminal
On 0–1V E
Off 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 8. F
With CONSULT

I
ON condition On
OFF condition Off

M
Continuity
NO >> GO TO 7. O

Continuity

With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH 3H
E38 Ground
LH 5H
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 9.
2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector and daytime running light connector.
3. Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and daytime running light harness connec-
tor.
Fuse block (J/B) Daytime running light

Continuity
RH 3H E93
E38 1 Existed
LH 5H E92
YES >> GO TO 10.
Check continuity between daytime running light harness connector and ground.
Daytime running light

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E93
2 Ground Existed
LH E92
YES >> Replace the corresponding daytime running light bulb. Refer to EXL-584, "Replacement".


A
Terminal
B
Apply Existed
3 5 Battery voltage
EXL





YES >> GO TO 2.
+
IPDM E/R - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E60 14 Ground 6 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
3
E60 14 E50 Existed
1
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
+
Voltage (Ap- E
prox.)
Connector Terminal
R range 0V F
YES >> GO TO 8. G
tion" (RE7R01A) or TM-616, "Removal and Installation" (RE7R01B). H
I
J
Continuity
K
F7 7 E50 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7. EXL
M
1. Remove joint connector. Refer to TM-299, "Exploded View" (RE7R01A) or TM-615, "Exploded View"
(RE7R01B).
N
Continuity
Terminal Terminal
O
7 7 Existed
YES >> Replace control valve & TCM. Refer to TM-300, "Removal and Installation" (RE7R01A) or TM- P
616, "Removal and Installation" (RE7R01B).
NO >> Replace joint connector.

nector.

Continuity
RH T5
E50 5 5 Existed
LH T6
Cab-Chassis models

Continuity
RH T10
E50 5 5 Existed
LH T9
YES >> GO TO 9.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5
3 Ground Existed
LH T6
Cab-Chassis models

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T10
3 Ground Existed
LH T9
YES >> GO TO 10.


Back-up lamp relay A

Terminal
Apply Existed B
3 5 Battery voltage
C
EXL

1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT
Fog : Front fog lamp ON

Without CONSULT
YES >> Front fog lamp circuit is normal.


YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
Fog 9 – 16 V
RH 12
EXTERNAL Off 0–1V
E60 Ground
LH 9
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.

IPDM E/R Front fog lamp A

Continuity
RH 12 E31
E60 1 Existed B
LH 9 E30
YES >> GO TO 4. C
D
Front fog lamp

— Continuity E
Connector Terminal
RH E31
2 Ground Existed
LH E30 F
EXL

1.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT

Off : Turn signal lamps OFF

With CONSULT
- Door mirror (with side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type)
3. Remove side turn signal lamp bulb (with side turn signal lamp installed to front fender type).
7. With operating the test items, check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
RH 9 – 16 V
RH 54
Off 0V
M52 Ground FLASHER
LH 9 – 16 V
LH 53
Off 0V
+
Connector Terminal
RH 9 – 16 V
RH 48
Off 0V
M103 Ground FLASHER
LH 9 – 16 V
LH 49
Off 0V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT) A

3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.
B
Combination meter
— Continuity
Connector Terminal C
RH 54
LH 53
D
Combination meter
— Continuity
Connector Terminal E
RH 48
LH 49
F
2. Disconnect combination meter connector. H
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and each turn signal lamp harness con-
nector.
- Monochrome information display models I

Continuity J
RH 54 E58
M52 1 Existed
LH 53 E57 K

Continuity EXL
RH 54 E52
M52 1 Existed
LH 53 E51 M
Side turn signal lamp (RHD models with side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type)
Combination meter Door mirror

Continuity N
RH 54 D23
M52 13 Existed
LH 53 D3 O
Side turn signal lamp (LHD models with side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type)

Continuity P
RH 54 D34
M52 13 Existed
LH 53 D11

Rear turn signal lamp (Except Cab-Chassis models)

Continuity
RH 54 T5
M52 2 Existed
LH 53 T6
Rear turn signal lamp (Cab-Chassis models)

Continuity
RH 54 T10
M52 2 Existed
LH 53 T9
- Color information display models

Continuity
RH 48 E58
M103 1 Existed
LH 49 E57

Continuity
RH 48 E52
M103 1 Existed
LH 49 E51

Continuity
RH 48 D23
M103 13 Existed
LH 49 D3

Continuity
RH 48 D34
M103 13 Existed
LH 49 D11

Continuity
RH 48 T5
M103 2 Existed
LH 49 T6
YES >> GO TO 4.

Front turn signal lamp A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E58
2 Ground Existed B
LH E57
Side turn signal lamp C

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E52
2 Ground Existed D
LH E51
Door mirror E
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH D23
14 Ground Existed F
LH D3
Door mirror G
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH D34
14 Ground Existed H
LH D11
Rear turn signal lamp (Except Cab-Chassis models)
Rear combination lamp I

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T5 J
3 Ground Existed
LH T6
Rear turn signal lamp (Cab-Chassis models)

K
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH T10 EXL
3 Ground Existed
LH T9
YES-1 >> With side turn signal lamp installed to front fender type: GO TO 5. M
YES-2 >> With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type (Front turn signal lamp or rear turn signal
lamp): GO TO 5.
YES-3 >> With side turn signal lamp integrated to door mirror type (Side turn signal lamp): Replace the cor- N
responding side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-589, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB O
YES-1 >> Front turn signal lamp: Check the corresponding front turn signal lamp bulb socket. Repair or P
YES-2 >> Side turn signal lamp: Check the corresponding side turn signal lamp bulb socket. Repair or
YES-3 >> Rear turn signal lamp: Check the corresponding rear turn signal lamp bulb socket and harness.

signal lamp), EXL-590, "Replacement" (side turn signal lamp) or EXL-595, "Replacement" (rear
turn signal lamp).

OPTICAL SENSOR
OPTICAL SENSOR
A
1.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR SIGNAL B

With CONSULT
2. Select “HEAD LAMP” of “BCM” using CONSULT. C
5. With the optical sensor illuminating, check the monitor status. D
Voltage
(Approx.)
E
OPTI SEN (DTCT)
G
1.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY H

I
+
Optical sensor - Voltage J
Connector Terminal
M91 1 Ground 4.65 – 5.5 V
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
EXL
M
+
Voltage
Optical sensor -
(Approx.) N
Connector Terminal
M91 3 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR SIGNAL P

OPTICAL SENSOR
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M91 2 Ground
YES >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)

Continuity

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Optical sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal

Continuity

Continuity

OPTICAL SENSOR
NO >> Repair or replace harness. A
B
C
Continuity
M91 2 M53 63 Existed D

Continuity E
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT) G

H
Optical sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M91 2 Ground Not existed I
J
EXL

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH

With CONSULT

ON On
HAZARD SW Hazard switch
OFF Off
YES >> Hazard switch circuit is normal.

2. Disconnect hazard switch connector.
+
Connector Terminal
M37 2 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector and combination meter harness connector.

Continuity

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.

HAZARD SWITCH
Hazard switch A
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
NO >> Repair or replace harness. C
D
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
YES >> Replace hazard switch. Refer to EXL-588, "Removal and Installation". F
EXL

HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH
1.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH

2. Remove headlamp aiming switch.
3. Check resistance among each headlamp aiming switch termi-
nals.
JMLIA5489ZZ
Single Cab models
Headlamp aiming switch Resistance

Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
0 : 1000 Ω
1 : 576 Ω
2
1 Switch position 2 : 348 Ω
3 : 243 Ω
3 — : 300 Ω
Double Cab models
Headlamp aiming switch Resistance

Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
0 : 750 Ω
1 : 432 Ω
2
1 Switch position 2 : 221 Ω
3 : 150 Ω
3 — : 300 Ω
YES >> Headlamp aiming switch is normal.
NO >> Replace headlamp aiming switch. Refer to EXL-591, "Removal and Installation".

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
B
NOTE:
DTC is detected. C

• Fuse D
• Headlamp (HI) power supply cir- Headlamp (HI) circuit
Headlamp (HI) is not turned • Headlamp (HI/LO) bulb tion Check".
E
ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Refer to EXL-569, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Combination meter
[Headlamp (HI) is turned ON] • BCM (HEAD LAMP) G
• Fuse
• Headlamp (LO) power supply cir- Headlamp (LO) circuit
H
Headlamp (LO) is not • Headlamp (HI/LO) bulb tion Check".
turned ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis I

Headlamp ground circuit J
• Headlamp (HI/LO) bulb
dure".
K
Each lamp is not turned ON/OFF with lighting switch • Combination meter
AUTO • Optical sensor power supply/ EXL
Optical sensor
• Optical sensor
tion Check".
M
• Fuse
Parking lamp RH is not ground circuit
turned ON • Parking lamp bulb N
• IPDM E/R Parking lamp circuit
ON • Parking lamp power supply/ O
tion Check".
ground circuit
Parking lamp LH is not • Parking lamp power supply/
turned ON ground circuit
• Parking lamp bulb P
• Fuse
Tail lamp circuit
circuit
tion Check".
• IPDM E/R

ground circuit
tion Check".
Symptom diagnosis
turned ON
• BCM (HEAD LAMP)
turned ON)
• Fuse
• Daytime running light relay Daytime running light circuit
Daytime running light is not turned ON • Daytime running light power sup- Refer to EXL-544, "Component Func-
ply/ground circuit tion Check".
• Daytime running light bulb
• IPDM E/R
• Fuse
ground circuit
tion Check".
ness
• Joint connector
• Fuse
ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Combination meter

A
ply/ground circuit
- Front turn signal lamp bulb B
- Combination meter
• Side turn signal lamp (With side
turn signal lamp integrated to C
door mirror type)
- Side turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit
- Side turn signal lamp D
Indicator lamp is normal - Combination meter
(Applicable side per- • Side turn signal lamp (With side
forms high flasher activa- turn signal lamp installed to front
tion) fender type)
tion Check". E
Turn signal lamp does not
blink - Side turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit
- Side turn signal lamp bulb
F
- Side turn signal lamp bulb socket
- Combination meter
• Rear turn signal lamp
- Rear turn signal lamp power sup- G
ply/ground circuit
harness H
- Combination meter
signal circuit Combination switch I
J
Both sides • Turn indicator signal Data monitor “TURN IND”
(Always) • Combination meter • BCM (FLASHER)
Active test “FLASHER” K
Combination meter
Power supply and ground circuit
Turn signal indicator lamp
Refer to MWI-255, "COMBINATION EXL
does not blink
METER (MONOCHROME DISPLAY
(Turn signal lamp is normal)
Both sides MODELS WITHOUT INTELLIGENT
• Combination meter power supply/
(Only when activating KEY) : Diagnosis Procedure" (Mono-
ground circuit
hazard warning lamp chrome information display models) M
with ignition switch OFF) or MWI-254, "COMBINATION
METER (COLOR DISPLAY MODELS
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY) : Di-
agnosis Procedure" (Color informa- N
tion display models).
cuit O
• Hazard switch

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

is normal.

A

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

HL HI REQ
(2ND) LO Off
H
I
EXL



YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

2ND On
OFF Off

A

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

1ST On G
OFF Off
I
EXL


YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

FR FOG REQ

LHD MODELS
B

NOTE:
replaced.
gage room.)
NOTE: F
CAUTION: G
EXL
JSLIA0443ZZ M

N
adjustment screw
: Vehicle front
O

Clockwise UP P
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise INSIDE

Clockwise UP

NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Elbow point
Headlamp center
JSLIA0030ZZ
JSLIA0031ZZ


Unit: mm (in)
C
RHD MODELS D
E
NOTE:
replaced.
gage room.) H
NOTE:
CAUTION:
J
EXL
O
JSLIA0443ZZ

adjustment screw
: Vehicle front


Clockwise UP
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise UP

NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Elbow point
Headlamp center
JSLIA0028ZZ
JSLIA0029ZZ

B
Unit: mm (in)
D

EXL


NOTE:
gage room.)
NOTE:
CAUTION:
: UP
: DOWN
figure.
NOTE:
for adjustment.
JMLIA3426ZZ


NOTE:
screen.
NOTE:
CAUTION:

A
: Cutoff line
C
JPLIA0008ZZ
D
E
EXL


REMOVAL
JSLIA0421GB
DISASSEMBLY
JSLIA0422ZZ
Front combination lamp Headlamp bulb (HI/LO) Back cover

Parking lamp bulb socket Parking lamp bulb Retaining spring
Bumper bracket Front turn signal lamp bulb socket Front turn signal lamp bulb
CAUTION:

for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-461, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". A
REMOVAL
B
C
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: D
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to the following.
E
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the opera- F
• After installing the bulb, install the back cover and the bulb socket securely for watertightness.
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it to G
• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect H
HEADLAMP BULB (HI/LO)
1. Disconnect headlamp bulb harness connector. I
2. Remove the back cover.
3. Release the retaining spring lock and then remove the headlamp bulb from front combination lamp.
J
PARKING LAMP BULB
1. Rotate the parking lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
2. Remove parking lamp bulb from the bulb socket. K
EXL
M
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove front combination lamp bracket fixing screws, and then remove front combination lamp bracket.
2. Remove the back cover. N
3. Release the retaining spring lock, and then remove the headlamp bulb from the front combination lamp.
4. Rotate parking lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it.
O
5. Remove parking lamp bulb from parking lamp bulb socket.
6. Rotate front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it.
7. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb from the front turn signal lamp bulb socket. P
ASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
After installing the bulb, install the back cover and the bulb socket securely for water tightness.

FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP
JSLIA0427GB
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
CAUTION:
FRONT FOG LAMP BULB

FRONT FOG LAMP
JPLIA0345ZZ
EXL

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
JMLIA6297GB
Front bumper fascia Front fog lamp bracket U nut

Daytime running light bulb Daytime running light Metal clip
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
2. Disconnect daytime running light harness connector.
3. Remove daytime running light mounting bolts, and then remove daytime running light from front fog lamp
bracket.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:

tion for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-461, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". A
B
DATYTIME RUNNING LIGHT BULB C
2. Disconnect daytime running light harness connector.
3. Remove daytime running light bulb according to numerical order D
1→2 indicated by arrows as shown in the figure.
JMLIA6298ZZ G
EXL

OPTICAL SENSOR
OPTICAL SENSOR
JSLIA0449ZZ

: Pawl
REMOVAL
tect from damage.
JMIIA2441ZZ
up optical sensor.
CAUTION:
: Pawl
JSLIA0515ZZ

INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
INSTALLATION C
EXL

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
JSLIA0429ZZ

: Pawl
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
With Audio Unit
bly.
With Deck Pocket
1. Remove the deck pocket. Refer to IP-39, "Removal and Installation".
bly.
Without Audio Unit or Deck Pocket
bly.
INSTALLATION

A
DOOR MIRROR SIDE B

For exploded view of the side turn signal lamp (door mirror side), refer to MIR-26, "Exploded View".
FRONT FENDER SIDE
C
JSLIA0430ZZ
H
Side turn signal lamp bulb Side turn signal lamp assembly

I
REMOVAL
CAUTION: J
Door Mirror Side K
a. Remove side turn signal lamp fixing screws . EXL
JSLIA0511ZZ
O

P

c. Remove side turn signal lamp from door mirror housing.
JSLIA0431ZZ
Front Fender Side

1. Remove the side turn signal lamp in numerical order 1→2 as
shown in the figure.
: Vehicle front (side turn signal lamp LH)

: Vehicle rear (side turn signal lamp RH)
JMLIA1302ZZ
2. Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.

NOTE:
INSTALLATION
Door Mirror Side
Front Fender Side
1. Rotate the bulb socket clockwise and lock it.
2. Fix the pawl-side behind the side turn signal lamp housing first, then push the resin clip-side.
CAUTION:
DOOR MIRROR SIDE
CAUTION:
Replacement of a single part is not possible due to the adoption of LED. For replacement, replace side
turn signal lamp as a set. Refer to EXL-589, "Removal and Installation".
FRONT FENDER SIDE
CAUTION:
1. Remove side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-589, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
2. Remove bulb from the bulb socket.

A
RHD models B
G
JMLIA6276ZZ
Instrument lower panel Headlamp aiming switch Switch bracket B

H
: Pawl

I
CAUTION:
for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-461, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". J
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-14, "Removal and Installation" (LHD MODELS) or IP-39,
K
"Removal and Installation" (RHD MODELS).
2. Remove switch bracket B fixing screws, and then remove switch bracket B.
3. Disengage headlamp aiming switch fixing pawls, and then remove headlamp aiming switch. EXL
INSTALLATION
M

REMOVAL
Cab-Chassis Models
JMLIA6226GB
Except for Cab-Chassis Models
JSLIA0432GB

Grommet Rear combination lamp A

: Clip
: Pawl
B

C
DISASSEMBLY
Cab-Chassis Models
D
K
JMLIA6227ZZ
Rear combination lamp housing Rear turn signal lamp bulb Stop lamp/Tail lamp bulb EXL
Back-up lamp bulb Rear combination lamp lens
Except for Cab-Chassis Models M
JSLIA0433ZZ

CAUTION:
REMOVAL
Cab-Chassis Models
1. Remove rear combination lamp fixing screws.
2. Disconnect rear combination lamp harness connector, and then remove rear combination lamp.
1. Open tail gate.
JSLIA0434ZZ
JSLIA0435ZZ
: Clip
: Pawl
JSLIA0436ZZ
INSTALLATION

A
CAUTION:
tion for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-461, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". B
• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect C
D
Cab-Chassis Models
1. Remove rear combination lamp lens fixing screws.
2. Remove stop lamp/tail lamp bulb from stop lamp/tail lamp bulb socket. E
F
REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB G
Cab-Chassis Models
1. Remove rear combination lamp lens fixing screws. H
1. Remove rear combination lamp. Refer to EXL-594, "Removal and Installation". I
2. Rotate rear turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it.
J
BACK-UP LAMP BULB
Cab-Chassis Models
1. Remove rear combination lamp lens fixing screws. K
2. Remove back-up lamp bulb from back-up lamp bulb socket.
Except for Cab-Chassis Models EXL
3. Remove back-up lamp bulb from back-up lamp bulb socket. M

JSLIA0437ZZ
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
JSLIA0438ZZ
JSLIA0518ZZ

INSTALLATION

A
CAUTION:
EXL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
CAB-CHASSIS MODELS
JMLIA6228ZZ
EXCEPT FOR CAB-CHASSIS MODELS

With Rear Bumper
JSLIA0440ZZ

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
Without Rear Bumper
A
JSLIA0517ZZ F
G
CAUTION:
Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the operation H
REMOVAL
I
numerical order 1→2 as shown in the figure.
EXL
JSLIA0441ZZ

3. Remove license plate lamp assembly. M
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. N
CAUTION: O
prevent damage to the bulb. P
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB

LICENSE PLATE LAMP
JSLIA0442ZZ

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HALOGEN HEADLAMP (TYPE 2)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

B

C
Headlamp High 60
H4LL
Headlamp Low 55
Front turn signal lamp PY21W 21 D
Parking lamp W5W 5
E
Daytime running light PS19W 19
Front fender panel side W5W 5 F
Back-up lamp P21W 21 G
H
EXL

EXL

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

EXL

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EXL

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DRIVER CONTROLS

Revision: 2015 March EXL-1 D23

INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING

WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 65 B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY .......................... 108

Revision: 2015 March EXL-2 D23

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................................... 122 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 151

Revision: 2015 March EXL-3 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-4 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-5 D23

TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................................... 288 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 318

Revision: 2015 March EXL-6 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-7 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-8 D23

APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 460 BACK-UP LAMP SYSTEM ...................................... 487 K

Revision: 2015 March EXL-9 D23

EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM ..................... 506 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 565

Revision: 2015 March EXL-10 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-11 D23

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Vehicle type Service information

Revision: 2015 March EXL-12 D23

When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following. K

Revision: 2015 March EXL-13 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-14 D23

Side turn signal lamp Side turn signal lamp *

Revision: 2015 March EXL-15 D23

Item Type Wattage (W)

Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011191116

Revision: 2015 March EXL-16 D23

Optical sensor*1 Refer to EXL-23, "Optical Sensor".

Revision: 2015 March EXL-17 D23

Door request switch Refer to DLK-19, "Door Request Switch".

Revision: 2015 March EXL-18 D23

*1: With auto light system G

Revision: 2015 March EXL-19 D23

Front combination lamp (back) Fuse block (J/B)

No. Component Function

Optical sensor Refer to EXL-23, "Optical Sensor".

Revision: 2015 March EXL-20 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-21 D23

LED headlamp control module is integrated in the front combination

FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aiming Motor INFOID:0000000012149192

• Headlamp aiming motor is integrated in the front combination

Revision: 2015 March EXL-22 D23

Optical Sensor INFOID:0000000011370303

Hazard Switch INFOID:0000000011191117

Revision: 2015 March EXL-23 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-24 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-25 D23

HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011191120

CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL

Revision: 2015 March EXL-26 D23

Control part Fail-safe operation A

Revision: 2015 March EXL-27 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-28 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-29 D23

Revision: 2015 March EXL-30 D23

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011229740

CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL